X20/X25/X50 1.3 Notices No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, mechanical photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the manufacturer. The information within this manual is subject to change without notice.
Important Safety Information Safety Instructions Your system is designed and tested to meet the latest standards for safety of information technology equipment. However, to ensure safe use of this product, it is important that the safety instructions marked on the product and in the documentation are followed. Always follow these instructions to help guard against personal injury and damage to your system.
Care During Use • Do not walk on the power cord or allow anything to rest on it. • Do not spill anything on the system. The best way to avoid spills is to not eat or drink near your system. • Some products have a replaceable CMOS battery on the system board. There is • • a danger of explosion if the CMOS battery is replaced incorrectly. Replace the battery with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of batteries according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
To reduce the risk of fire, use only No. 26 AWG or larger telecommunications line cord. Written by: Daryl L. Osden Do not use this product in areas classified as hazardous. Such areas include patient care areas of medical and dental facilities, oxygen rich environments, or industrial areas. Battery Disposal Do not put rechargeable batteries or products powered by non-removable rechargeable batteries in the garbage.
Power cord sets for use in other countries must meet the requirements of the country where you use the computer. For more information on power cord set requirements, contact your authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider. General Requirements The requirements listed below are applicable to all countries: • The length of the power cord set must be at least 6.00 feet (1.8m) and a maximum of 9.75 feet (3.0m).
Regulatory Compliance Statements Wireless Guidance Low power, Radio LAN type devices (radio frequency (RF) wireless communication devices), operating in the 2.4 GHz Band, may be present (embedded) in your notebook system. The following section is a general overview of considerations while operating a wireless device. Additional limitations, cautions, and concerns for specific countries are listed in the specific country sections (or country group sections).
In environments where the risk of interference to other devices or services is harmful or perceived as harmful, the option to use a wireless device may be restricted or eliminated. Airports, Hospitals, and Oxygen or flammable gas laden atmospheres are limited examples where use of wireless devices may be restricted or eliminated. When in environments where you are uncertain of the sanction to use wireless devices, ask the applicable authority for authorization prior to use or turning on the wireless device.
United States of America USA and Canada Safety Requirements and Notices Do not touch or move antenna while the unit is transmitting or receiving. Do not hold any component containing the radio such that the antenna is very close or touching any exposed parts of the body, especially the face or eyes, while transmitting. Do not operate the radio or attempt to transmit data unless the antenna is connected; if not, the radio may be damaged.
recommended that the user limit exposure time if the antenna is positioned closer than 20cm (8 inches). Use On Aircraft Caution Regulations of the FCC and FAA prohibit airborne operation of radiofrequency wireless devices because their signals could interfere with critical aircraft instruments. Other Wireless Devices Safety Notices for Other Devices in the Wireless Network: Refer to the documentation supplied with wireless Ethernet adapters or other devices in the wireless network.
If necessary, the user should consult the dealer or an experienced radio/television technician for additional suggestions. The user may find the following booklet helpful: “Something About Interference.” This is available at FCC local regional offices. Our company is not responsible for any radio or television interference caused by unauthorized modifications of this equipment or the substitution or attachment of connecting cables and equipment other than those specified by our company.
FCC Part 68 This equipment compiles with part of the FCC rules. On the back of this equipment is a label that contains, among other information, the FCC registration number and ringer equivalence number (REN) for this equipment. If requested, this information must be provided to the telephone company. This equipment uses the following USOC jacks : RJ11C An FCC compliant telephone cord and modular plug is provided with this equipment.
an identification of the business or other entity, or other individual sending the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, other entity, or individual. (The telephone number provided may not be any number for which charges exceed local or long-distance transmission charges.) In order to program this information into your fax machine, refer to your communications software user manual.
Canada Unintentional Emitter per ICES-003 This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class B limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the radio interference regulations of Industry Canada. Le présent appareil numérique n’émet pas de bruits radioélectriques dépassant les limitesapplicables aux appareils numériques de Classe B prescrites dans le règlement sur le brouillage radioélectrique édicté par Industrie Canada.
Telecommunications per DOC notice (for products fitted with an IC-compliant modem) The Industry Canada label identifies certified equipment. This certification means that the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operation, and safety requirements. The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users’ satisfaction.
European Union European Union CE Marking and Compliance Notices Products intended for sale within the European Union are marked with the Conformité Européene (CE) Marking, which indicates compliance with the applicable Directives and European standards and amendments identified below. This equipment also carries the Class 2 identifier. The following information is only applicable to systems labeled with the CE mark .
Wireless devices that may be in your system are only qualified for use in the European Union or associated areas if a CE mark with a Notified Body Registration Number and the Alert Symbol is on the system label. The power output of the wireless device or devices that may be embedded in you notebook is well below the RF exposure limits as set by the European Commission through the R&TTE directive. See 802.11b and 802.
The product may be used outdoors, but for outdoor transmissions over a distance of 300m or more, a license from the BIPT is required. This restriction should be indicated in the manual as follows: Dans le cas d'une utilisation privée, à l'extérieur d'un bâtiment, au-dessus d'un espace public, aucun enregistrement n'est nécessaire pour une distance de moins de 300m. Pour une distance supérieure à 300m un enregistrement auprès de l'IBPT est requise.
public or private emergency services. DTMF signaling also provides faster call setup. This equipment has been approved to Council Decision 98/482/EEC—“CTR 21” for Pan-European single terminal connection to the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). However, due to differences between the individual PSTNs provided in different countries, the approval does not, of itself, give an unconditional assurance of successful operation on every PSTN termination point.
WEEE SYMBOL INFORMATION Correct Disposal of This Product (Waste Electrical & Electronic Equipment) (Applicable in the European Union and other European countries with separate collection systems) This marking shown on the product or its literature, indicates that it should not be disposed with other household wastes at the end of its working life.
Using Your Documentation Congratulations on your purchase of a notebook computer with the Windows® XP operating system. Whether you are new to using a portable computer or are an experienced user, this user’s manual can help you get the most from your computer. Manual Documentation Conventions Information Icons Three icons and their associated messages appear in this manual. The information icons are placed before the step/information they apply to: Warning: Indicates the possibility of personal injury.
CD-ROM Device Naming Convention In many installation programs you will have to get a program from the CD-ROM device. The program installation sequence assumes that the CD is drive d:\, however this is not always the case. The name of the CD-ROM drive is the letter following the letter assigned to your last HDD. For instance, if you have one HDD with two partitions, the HDD is drives C: and D: and the CD-ROM drive is then drive E.
Getting Started Introducing Your Computer This User Manual is common to the X20, X25 and X50 models. The figures and descriptions in this User Manual have been selected for the X25 model.The photographs may be somewhat different in shape and colour from your computer depending on the model.
About Fingerprint Sensor Fingerprint sensor is optional. (It is not supported for X20 model.) For products with fingerprint sensor, a Touchpad On/Off button is not provided. For procedures to use fingerprint sensor, refer to fingerprint sensor Manual. The operating lights of X50 are on the left-hand side of the microphone jack. Right View S/PDIF Jack CD Drive (option, p25) USB Port (2.0) The S/PDIF jack of X50 model is at the rear of the system.
Back View Security Lock Port (p120) DC Jack Battery (p113) USB Port (2.0) The S/PDIF jack of X50 model is to the right of the Power-In port. Bottom View Battery Latches Docking Connector Memory Compartment(p118) HDD Compartment Removing or disassembling the hard disk drive will void your warranty. To replace the hard disk drive, please contact your nearest Samsung Service Centre.
Turning the Computer On and Off To turn on the computer 1. Insert the battery and connect the AC adapter according to the Installation Guide. 2. Slide the LCD latch to the right and open the LCD panel. 3. Press the power button. To turn off the computer 1. Click the start button ( 2. Click Turn Off Computer. 3. Click Turn Off. 6 Users Manual ) on the taskbar.
If the computer is not turned off properly due to a system error, press ++. When [Windows Task Manager] dialog box appears, click Shut Down > Turn Off to turn off the computer. Your unsaved work may be lost/damaged. If ++ keys do not operate either, press the power button for more than 4 seconds to turn off the computer. Your unsaved work may be lost/damaged. When you turn on the computer next time, it will perform a disk checking process.
Using the Keyboard Your computer has an 88-key keyboard. By pressing designated key combinations, you can have access to all the key functions of a full-sized keyboard. The keyboard is supplied according to the corresponding country. Refer to the keyboard figure for the corresponding country.
Function Key Function & Special Purpose Keys Windows Key Embedded Numeric Keypad Application Key Screen Brightness and Volume Adjustment / Direction Keys The keys on the keyboard can be grouped into the following categories: • Full-sized Alphanumeric typewriter keys are arranged like a standard typewriter keyboard and are used for text entry. The Windows keys on either side of the spacebar open Windows menus and perform other special functions.
Using the Numeric Keypad Your keyboard includes a numeric keypad, which is a group of keys that you can set to type numbers and mathematical symbols, such as the plus sign. A number or symbol on the corner of each keypad key shows its numeric function. Num Lock LED Press to turn on the embedded numeric keypad. The numeric functions of the keypad are enabled and the Num Lock LED turns on. (See ”Reading the Status Indicators” on page 18 for the location of the Num Lock LED.
Using Special Function Keys The function key activates special functions when it is pressed in combination with another keys. Key Combinations Key Name Key Function Gauge Shows the current power source and the remaining battery charge. LCD/CRT Switches the display between the LCD and external display device when an external display device is connected.
Scroll Lock Scrolls the screen up and down while the cursor position does not change in some applications. < / > Volume Down Decreases the audio volume. < / > Volume Up Increases the audio volume. < / > Brightness Up Makes the LCD screen brighter. < / > Brightness Down Makes the LCD screen dimmer. When you press a function key combination, the system sound may be temporarily muted.
Using the Touchpad In Windows, you always see a small graphical image on the screen that indicates the location where you can take the next action. This image is called a pointer, and is usually displayed in arrow shape ( ) or ‘I’ shape ( ). Touchpad Touchpad On/Off Buttons Touchpad Buttons The touchpad on your computer allows you to move the pointer on the LCD screen, just like a mouse that is used with a desktop computer.
You can perform various actions with your touchpad as described below. d Action Function Process Move Move the pointer Place your finger on the touchpad and slide your finger to a destination. Click Select an object, open a menu, or execute a button Place the pointer over an object, then press left touchpad button once. Or, place the pointer over an object, then tap the touchpad once with your finger.
Action Function Process Scroll Display upper/lower/left/right part of the content within a window Place your finger on the right edge or bottom edge of the touchpad and move vertically or horizontally. (Applicable to certain programs only) Please use the touchpad only with your finger. Using sharp devices may damage the touchpad. Operating the touchpad or touchpad button while starting your system may increase the time required for starting Windows.
Hot Keys 1 2 3 4 AVStation now/AVStation now DVD button are provided for some models. Num Name Function 1 AVStation Now / Internet Button Pressing this button launches AVStation Now when the computer is turned off or is in Power Saving Mode (S4). (”Using AVStation now” (p57)). 2 AVStation Now DVD / E-mail Button Pressing this button launches AVStation Now to play a DVD or VCD in the optical disk drive (if available) when the computer is turned off, or is in Power Saving Mode (S4).
Changing the Hot Key Setting You can change the program that will be launched when you press a hot key. As default, Windows Calculator is configured to launch when you press the User 1 button. You can set the program by completing the following procedure. 1. Double-click the Magic Keyboard icon ( ) on the taskbar. 2. Select USER 1 and then click Browse. 3. Select the desired program in [Open] dialog box, and click Open. (Example: Paint) 4. Click OK to save the changes.
Reading the Status Indicators Shows the operating status of the computer. 18 Users Manual Num Lock Turns on when the numeric keypad is activated. Caps Lock Turns on when all alphabet characters you type will be in upper case. Scroll Lock Turns on when it is set to scroll the screen up and down while the cursor position does not change in some applications. Hard disk drive Blinks when the hard disk drive is in operation.
Adjusting LCD Brightness There are 8 levels of LCD brightness (1: Dimmest ~ 8: Brightest). Press +< > or +< > keys from the keyboard to adjust LCD brightness. When changed, the current LCD brightness is displayed on the top left corner of the LCD screen for a few seconds. Whenever you turn the system on or change the power source the brightness level changes according to the settings.
Adjusting the Volume To adjust using keyboard Press +< > or +< > from the keyboard. To adjust using volume adjustment program Click the Volume icon( level. ) on the taskbar, and move the Volume slider to a desired For advanced volume control options, double-click the Volume icon( the volume level in the volume control program. When you turn the system on, a booting noise may occur.
Introducing Windows Understanding the Desktop The desktop is the working area on the computer. It consists of the large workspace and a taskbar at the bottom. Shortcut Icons Start Menu Recycle Bin Language Bar Start Button Taskbar System Tray with Clock Start Button Opens the Start menu. Taskbar Displays programs that are currently running. Frequently used icons can be placed here. Recycle Bin Deleted files or folders are sent here. Language Bar Switches text input language.
Understanding the Start Menu The Start menu includes everything that is required to start Windows. From the Start menu it is possible to run a program, open a file, assign system users with Control Panel, receive support by clicking Help and Support, and search desired items from the computer or Internet by clicking Search.
Understanding a Window A window is the basic component in working with the computer. The My Computer window, which is a window for the computer's hard drive, will be used as an example here to show the basic composition of a window. Click Start > My Computer. Folder Icon Title Bar Menu Bar Close Button Maximize Button Minimize Button Quick Task Window Folders Files Double-click Shared Documents or Local Disk. You can see files and folders.
Help and Support Center Help and Support Center provides references and troubleshooting information regarding computer use. Click Start > Help and Support. Windows XP Tour You can tour elementary functions provided by Windows XP. Click Start > Tour Windows XP. Or click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Tour Windows XP. Click on the topics to find out about important functions of Windows XP.
Using the Computer Using the CD Drive You have one of following drives installed in your computer. DVD-ROM drive Reads a CD/DVD. CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo drive Reads a CD/DVD and writes a CD. DVD Dual Drive Reads CD/DVD, and writes data to CD/DVD. Supports DVD-R, and DVD-RW only for the DVD recording format. DVD Super Multi Drive Reads CD/DVDs and writes data to CD/DVDs. Supported DVD types include DVD ± R, DVD ± RW and DVD-RAM. A CD-ROM drive is optional.
To eject a CD 1. Stop any process that accesses the CD drive and ensure the CD access LED is turned off. 2. Press the eject button on right side of the CD drive. 3. When the tray slides out, remove the CD from the tray. 4. Push the tray in gently until it clicks. If you remove the CD when the CD access LED is on, the disk and the data in it may be damaged.
To use the Windows Media Player The Windows Media Player allows you to play audio and video files from the computer or the Internet. To launch the Windows Media Player, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Windows Media Player. Playlist Features Playback Control Area Windows Media Player tour For more information about using the Windows Media Player, run the Windows Media Player and click Help > Help Item.
To write data on a CD (Option) If your computer has CD-RW functionality, you can copy data to a blank CD or create an audio CD. An additional CD writing program is supplied in an additional CD. You cannot write to a CD that already has data in it. 1. Insert a blank CD into the CD drive. 2. On the [CD Drive] dialog, select Open Writable CD Folder and click OK. The CD drive window appears. 3. Click Start > My Computer. 4.
6. When the CD Writing Wizard appears, enter the CD label, and click Next. The data begins copying. 7. When copying is completed, a ‘completed’ message appears and the CD drive window opens automatically. For more information on writing CDs Click Start > Help and Support. Type “CD copy” in the search field, and click the Search icon ( ). For more information on creating an audio CD Run the Windows Media Player program, click the Help > Help Item.
Enjoying Home Theater (S/PDIF Port) Your computer supports 5.1 channel output, which is a basic function for home theater systems, and DVD drives. It provides 3D surrounding sound and vivid screen. What is a home theater system? Home theater system usually consists of a TV, DVD, 5.1 channel speaker, and digital amp and provides a high-resolution screen (MPEG2) and 3D surrounding sound (Dolby 5.1 or DTS).
Step 1. Connect 5.1 channel speaker system to your computer 1. Connect the S/PDIF jack of the system and a 5.1 channel amplifier. 2. Connect speakers to the amplifier. (Refer to speaker’s manual. 3. To view through a TV, connect the TV and change the current display device to TV in the Display Properties. (See ‘P. 6-8 Connecting to a TV’.) TV Digital Amplifier Sub Woofer Front Right Speaker Front Left Speaker Computer Center Speaker Surround Left Speaker Surround Right Speaker Step 2.
Step 3. Enable S/PDIF output on the DVD program To use 5.1 channel speakers, you need to install the Power DVD program from the DVD Installation CD provided with your computer, then change the settings as per the following. 1. Run Power DVD program and click the Settings icon ( ). 2. On the Audio tab, set the Audio Output setting to “Use SPDIF” and click OK. Now, you can enjoy home theater using DVD titles. To control volume for your 5.1 channel speaker, use the control on the digital amp.
Using Memory Card Slot You can use a Memory Stick (or Memory Stick Pro) and a SD (Secure Digital) card using the memory card slot. You can use the Memory Stick and the SD card as removable disks and can use them to transfer data between your computer and any digital equipment such as a digital camera.. Memory Stick Memory Stick SD (Secure Digital) Memory Card Restrictions when Using Memory Sticks / SD Cards You can use Memory Stick, SD Memory Card and Memory Stick Pro for storing data only.
1. Insert the memory card into the memory card slot. 2. Click Start > My Computer. The inserted memory card is displayed. Memory Stick SD Card 3. You can write data to the memory card. If the memory card is not formatted yet, format the memory card before use. Since the memory card may be easily mislaid when moving your computer, keep the memory card separately. To remove a memory card 1. Press the end of the memory card softly to pop it outward. 2. Remove the memory card.
To format a memory card You can use a memory card after the format operation. The procedures to format a memory card are described below. Since format operation deletes all data in the memory card, please make sure that there is no important data in the memory card before formatting. To protect the data in the memory card Set the write protection tab of the Memory Stick or SD memory card to the Lock position. 1. Click Start > My computer. 2.
Using the PCMCIA Card Slot Various different functions can be added by inserting PCMCIA cards into the system. This system supports 16/32 bit, type I or II PCMCIA card types. The PCMCIA card slot does not support a ZV card or a PCMCIA III card. To insert a PCMCIA card Before using the PCMCIA slot, remove the slot protector. Push the eject button of the PCMCIA card slot once to pop it out. Push the button again to eject the slot protector. 1.
To remove a PCMCIA card 1. Double-click Safely Removes Hardware icon ( ) on the taskbar. 2. On the [Safely Remove Hardware] dialog box, select the appropriate PCMCIA card and click Stop. 3. When [Stop a Hardware Device] dialog box appears, click OK. 4. Click Close to close the [Safely Remove Hardware] dialog box. 5. Push eject button of the PCMCIA card slot once, and the button pops out. 6. Push the button again to eject the PCMCIA card.
Using EasyBox Use EasyBox program to make use of Windows' complicated function easily and conveniently. Learn about EasyBox Double-click the EasyBox( ) icon on the desktop. (Or select Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox.) • System: System management features are available, including disk defragmenter, removing unnecessary files/folders, computer scheduling and system recovery. • BIOS: In windows-based mode, you can recover the BIOS defaults and change the boot sequence.
• Plus Tip: This is a collection of additional Windows functions that are useful for system management. (Offering shortcut descriptions of Windows, configuring network sharing and opening local folder sharing, etc.) Using EasyBox Security management function will be used as an example here to show the function of Easybox Configuring Firewall The Windows Firewall prevents unauthorized users from gaining access to your system via the network or the Internet. 1.
Using Samsung Smart Screen Use Samsung Smart Screen program to arrange desktop icons as desired and manage them effectively. 1. Click Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Smart Screen. When you launch Samsung Smart Screen for the first time, a dialog box asking whether to register the program as a start program or not appears. If you select OK, the program is automatically launched when you start your computer. 2. Samsung Smart Screen appears.
Using Samsung Theme Samsung Theme is a program that enables a user to easily switch a theme (desktop, logon screen and sound effect). Double-click the Samsung Theme ( ) icon on the desktop. (Or select Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Theme > Samsung Theme.) Close button Help button Move the mouse pointer over Samsung Theme item, then the Samsung Theme will be displayed below. • Samsung Theme: Switches to Samsung Theme (desktop, logon screen and sound effects on booting).
Using Samsung Update Plus Samsung Update Plus is software that examines and updates Samsung software and drivers installed on your Samsung computer to the latest version. To use Samsung Update Plus, your computer has to be connected to the Internet. To Update Samsung Software and Drivers 1. Select Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Update Plus > Samsung Update Plus. If this is the first time you are running the program, a window will appear asking you if you agree to the agreement in the window.
Updates that must be installed separately. If you select Install as an update item that must be installed separately, a message appears informing you of this. Follow the instruction message to correctly install it. Automatic update items display By default, your computer is configured to automatically search for updates. If there is a new update available, this is notified in the notification area. Click the balloon help icon in the notification area.
Using AVStation premium AVStation premium is provided for some models. AVStation premium is an integrated multimedia program that allows you to watch video (pictures, video and movies) and listen to music. Select Start > All Programs > Samsung > AVStation premium > AVStation premium. (Alternatively, double-click the AVStation premium ( the Notification Area.
- This Manual mainly describes the procedures for using the Standard mode of AVStation premium. - The captured program screen shots in this manual may differ slightly from the actual software depending on the version of the program. - For more detailed use procedures, refer to the on-line Help. AVStation Premium Screen Layout and Menus Menu Bar Menu Selection Bar Category Windowr Library Window AVStation Premium Standard mode consists of the following 4 menus.
Selecting the AVStation Premium Menus To select a menu, select the required menu from the Menu Selection Bar. MUSIC This section describes the procedures to play music files or audio CDs, to copy audio CDs to the computer as well as burn audio CDs. Select MUSIC from the Menu Selection Bar. Playing a Music File MUSIC Menu Music Category Media Play Control Button Repeat Button Track, All Tracks, Random Library Window Add Music 1.
Audio CD window Copying an audio CD to the Computer 1. Insert an audio CD into the CD-ROM drive. 2. When the Audio CD window appears, select using Samsung AVStation premium and click OK. 3. Select a track to be copied to the library and then select Tools > Copy from CD. - To select multiple tracks, select the tracks while pressing the Shift or Ctrl key on the keyboard. Select Copy from CD Select the tracks to be copied. 4. The selected tracks are copied from the audio CD.
Burning an Audio CD 1. Insert a blank CD into the CD-ROM drive. When the CD Drive window appears, click Cancel. 2. Select Tools > Burn CD. Select Burn CD 3. Select Burn Audio CD and click Next. 4. Double-click Music in the left title and double-click All musics. 5. Select music files from the list and click the Add files from my PC to the CD burning list ( ) button to move the selected files to the right Burn Audio CD window. When you have added all music files, click Next. 6.
PHOTO This section describes the procedures to view pictures (images), to view pictures through a Slide Show, to edit a picture, to create an album, and to burn an album onto a CD. Click on PHOTO in the Menu Selection Bar. Viewing and Editing a Picture 1. Double-click on Image in the left category pane and double-click on All Images. 2. The image files are displayed in the right Image window. To zoom-in on an image, double-click the image file.
Creating an Album 1. Select the Create Album tab. 2. Select an album cover style and click Apply to apply the selected style to the album cover. 3. Enter the title and contents of the album, insert an image and then click (Move to next page). - To insert an image, drag and drop a file from the Category into the Image box. Create Album Tab Enter the Title and Contents of the Album Drag & Drop an Image File into the Image Box. Move to next page Button Slide Show Button Save Button 4.
MOVIE This section describes the procedures to play a movie file or a DVD/VCD title. Click on MOVIE in the Menu Selection Bar Playing a Movie 1. Double-click on Movie in the left category pane and double-click All movies. 2. Double-click a movie file to play it. ⊕ MUSIC You can listen to the music files in My Playlist or All musics while working. MOVIE Menu Movie Window Movie Category Library Window You can adjust the screen size in the View menu.
Movie Editor (Editing a Movie) This section describes the procedures for editing a movie. Click on MOVIE EDITOR in the Menu Selection Bar. Editing a Movie The procedures for merging two movie files and for inserting transition effects between movies are described below. 1. Click on MOVIE EDITOR. A new project will open. 2. Double-click Movie in the left category pane and double-click All movies. 3. Drag and drop a movie file to the Storyboard.
• • Screen Effect : Select an effect from the Effect tab and drag and drop the selected effect onto the movie in the Storyboard to apply the effect. Transition : Select a Transition effect from the Transition tab and drag and drop the selected effect onto the movie in the Storyboard to apply the transition effect. Transition Tab Select a Transition Effect and drag and drop it onto the position to insert the effect.
Using Play Mode This section describes how to use the Play Mode of AVStation Premium. To use Play Mode, select Mode > Play Mode in the Standard Mode Menu Bar. Play Mode Screen Layout The initial screen of AVStation premium Play Mode has the following layout. Move Bar This appears only when the mouse pointer is over it. Exit Program Minimize Screen Move to the Initial Screen of Play Mode Switch to Standard Mode Menu MUSIC The procedures to play a music file or an audio CD will be described below.
Playing a Music File 1. Double-click a category from the left category window 2. Double-click a music file in the right library window. The music will be played. Playing an Audio CD 1. Insert an audio CD into the CD-ROM drive. Audio CD will be displayed in the library window. To play an audio CD in the CD-ROM drive, double-click on CD in the category. 2. Double-click Audio CD in the library window. The tracks of the CD will be displayed. 3. Double-click a track to play it.
MOVIE (Playing a Movie) The procedures to play a movie file or a DVD/VCD title will be described below. 1. Double-click MOVIE in the initial screen of Play Mode. 2. Click All movies in the left category pane and double-click a movie file in the right pane. The movie file will be played. Category Window Library Window ⊕ MUSIC You can listen to the music files in My Playlist or All musics while working. Playing a DVD Title 1. Insert a DVD title into the DVD drive. 2.
Using AVStation now AVStation now is provided for some models. AVStation now is an integrated multimedia program that allows you to watch video (pictures, video and movies) and listen to music without turning the computer on. Using AVStation now How to launch AVStation now and the AVStation features will be described below. The use procedures of AVStation now are similar to those of Play Mode of AVStation premium. AVStation now only supports the player and view functions.
Exiting AVStation now 1. Press the key to move to the initial screen of AVStation now. 2. Press the key in the initial screen. Or Select using the direction keys on the keyboard and press . 3. Select in the Exit window and press . Booting and using the computer when using AVStation now Select from the Exit window. Your computer will start. AVStation now Menus AVStation now consists of the following 3 menus.
Using AVStation now The procedures for using AVStation now will be described below. To Move, Select and Run Menus You can use AVStation now by using only the keyboard. • Moving a Menu or an Item Move a menu or an item by using the Direction keys on the keyboard. • Selecting or Running a menu or an Item Move to a menu or item and press key on the keyboard. • Returning to the Previous Screen Press the or keys on the keyboard.
Playing Multiple Tracks 1. Play a music file. 2. Move the focus to the left Category pane, and select the Play All button. Playing an Audio CD 1. Insert an audio CD into the CD-ROM drive, and select CD from the Category pane. 2. In the right Library pane, move to a track to be played, and then press the key. PHOTO The procedures for viewing pictures (images) and for viewing pictures through the Slide Show will be described below. 1. Select the PHOTO menu and move to the All Photo category. 2.
MOVIE The procedures for playing a video (movie) file or a DVD/VCD title will be described below. 1. Select the MOVIE menu and select a category. For example, you can select All Movies by using the direction keys. 2. Move to a movie file in the Library pane using the right direction key and then press the key. The selected movie file will be played.
Tips • Using the Library (File) AVStation Now can use the library of AVStation Premium. To use the library in AVStation Now, register the library in AVStation Premium. (See ”Registering a File” on page 53) • HDD Category You can play unregistered files on the hard disk drive in the HDD category of each menu. Notice • Do not remove the Recovery Solution Program. Removing the Recovery Solution Program also removes AVStation Now.
Using Smart Parking (Only For Some Models) The Smart Parking program helps you to protect the HDD from impact when using your computer while you are on the move or outdoors. This function is a factory option and supports specific types of hard drives only. For more information about supported models, refer to the detailed model specifications of your product provider. Although Smart Parking helps protect the HDD against external impacts, it cannot always completely protect your HDD from impact.
• Normal Mode : Parks the HDD in a short time when a slight impact is detected when using the computer in a normal operating environment. • Public Transportation Mode : Parks the HDD in a short time when an impact is detected that is heavier than for Normal Mode, for when the computer is being used while moving by public transportation. • Stop : Disables Smart Parking.
Connecting to the Internet Connecting with a Modem Before Start: • Prepare a telephone line that is not digital. • Contact an internet service provider (ISP) for instructions on how to connect to and disconnect from the Internet. 1. Connect a telephone line to the computer’s modem port. 2. Connect to the Internet according to the instructions provided by your ISP. If the Internet connection is not disconnected properly, additional telephone charges may be imposed.
Connecting Through a Wired LAN 1. Connect a LAN cable to the computer’s LAN port. 2. Click Start > Control Panel. 3. Click Network and Internet Connections in the [Control Panel] window. 4. Click Network Connections in the [Network and Internet Connections] window. 5. Right-click the Local Area Connection icon and click Properties.
6. On the General tab, select “Internet Protocol(TCP/IP)” and click Properties. 7. To use DHCP: On the General tab, select “Obtain an IP address automatically” and “Obtain DNS server address automatically”. Click OK. To use a static IP: On the General tab, select “Use the following IP address” and fill in the IP address, Subnet mask, Default gateway, Preferred DNS server, and Alternative DNS server fields. Click OK.
Using Samsung Network Manager Use Samsung Network Manager to configure network setting. Using the program, you can do the following. • You can save network settings (including IP address) according to network places such as office and home. When you change places, simply select a network place and the network settings will be automatically changed accordingly. • You can easily find out your current IP. To configure network setting 1. Connect LAN cable to the computer's LAN port. 2.
5. New place icon is displayed and full dialog box appears. Check your IP and click Close. Network setting is saved. To configure network setting of some place other than current place, click the place icon and configure each network device. If you are using DHCP, select 'DHCP' check box and click Save. If you are using a static IP, clear 'DHCP' check box, enter appropriate network setting and click Save. Ask ISP or network administrator for IP address.
2. Click Change, select a place icon then click Change. Example) changing to Office 3. On "Do you want to change the location setting?" dialog box, click Ok. 4. When the network place is changed, corresponding place icon is displayed in color and full dialog box appears. In the right area of full dialog box, network setting is displayed. 5. Click Close to close the dialog box.
3. The computers are represented by an icon. Click the server computer. Server Client 4. In the server, select a device that is directly connected to the Internet. If you select Use Firewall, you can use the Windows Firewall.If you are using an external modem, select the network card connected to the external modem. 5. The network types connecting to the server and client will be displayed. Select a network type and then click OK. 6.
To configure the client 1. Connect the network (LAN) cable and double-click the Samsung Network Manager icon on the Desktop. 2. Click Click here to setup Internet Connection Share. 3. The computers are represented by icons. Click the client computer. 4. Select a network to connect to the server and click OK. If it is a wireless connection, the wireless network connection properties and the wireless network setup procedure instruction windows will appear.
Connecting Through a Wireless LAN (Option) A wireless network (Wireless LAN) environment is a network environment that enables communication between multiple computers at home or a small-size office through wireless LAN devices. Using the wireless network connections between the systems, you can use normal network functions such as sharing of files, folders and printers.
What is an Access Point (AP)? An AP is a network device that bridges wired and wireless LANs, and corresponds to a wireless hub in a wired network. You can connect multiple wireless LAN installed computers to an AP. 2) Computer-to-computer (ad hoc) This is also called a peer-to-peer network. In computer-to-computer wireless networks, you can wirelessly connect 2 or more computers that have wireless LAN modules.
2. Select an AP (E.g. Test) to connect to and click Connect. If there is a configured network key for the AP to connect to, the Enter Network Key window appears. Enter the Network Key in the window and then click the Connect button. When a network key is not defined for a selected AP, click on Link to display the warning message box. Then click Connect again in the box. Now when Connected in AP is displayed, and you can access the network.
Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc) In computer-to-computer wireless networks, you can wirelessly connect 2 or more computers that have wireless LAN modules. Using this method, a computer that is not connected to the Internet can share the Internet by accessing another computer connected to the Internet. (Refer to See ”To share an Internet connection” on page 70.) You can connect by completing the following steps: • Step 1.
2. Click Change the order of Preferred Networks. 3. On the Wireless Network tab, click Advanced. 4. Clear 'Automatically connect to non-default network' check box, if it is selected. Select 'Computer-to-computer (ad hoc) networks only', and click Close. 5. In the Wireless Networks tab, click Add.
6. Enter the network name (e.g. samsung), and unselect 'The key is provided for me automatically'. Enter the encryption key in the Network key field, and click OK. To prevent a network connection from an unauthorized user, it would be better to configure a network key (encryption key). A network key consists of 5 ~ 13 alphanumeric characters (e.g. magic), or of 10 ~ 26 hexadecimal numbers (a hexadecimal number is represented by numbers '0' to '9' or letters 'a' to 'f').
7. Check that the configured network name (e.g. samsung) is in the ’Preferred networks’ item, and click OK. Now your wireless network setup has been completed. Step 2. Connecting to the configured computer 1. Right-click on the Wireless Network Connection ( select View Available Wireless Networks.
2. Select the wireless network name (e.g. samsung) specified in ”Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc)” on page 76, and click Connect. 3. Enter a cryptographic key in the network key box and click Connect. If the network key is not configured in ”Connecting to computer-to-computer networks (peer-to-peer or ad hoc)” on page 76, just click Connect, without any keystrokes.
Checking the connection status Move the mouse pointer over the Wireless Network Connection ( the taskbar, and the connection status is displayed.
Wireless Network Setup Using the Wireless LAN Setup Program(For Intel 802.11BG or Intel 802.11ABG cards) You can use a wireless LAN by using a wireless LAN configuration program (PROSet) provided separately. This description is for the Intel 802.11BG and Intel 802.11ABG cards. For the Atheros 802.11BG card, see page p86. To use wireless network connection, complete the following procedures. • Step1. Install the wireless LAN configuration program (PROSet). • Step2.
To connect to an Access Point: To connect to an access point or existing computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network, refer to the following procedures. (To create a new computer-to-computer network, refer to the following "To create computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network" section.) 1. In Available Networks, click on Refresh. 2. Select the name of desired access point or computer-to-computer network to connect from the searched available networks list, and click Configure.
applied (however, encryption is supported). When you select Shared Key, a WEP key is used for authentication. The default setting is Open System. - Data encryption (WEP): The IEEE 802.11 WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy) standard defines two levels of encryption, a 64-bit key (this is sometimes represented by 40bits) and a 128-bit key. - Key index: Select the current encryption key index used by the access point out of 1 to 4.
3. Configure password setting to be used for computer-to-computer network connection in the Security Settings window. To connect to an access point, enter the network authentication, data encryption (WEP), encryption level, key index, and wireless security password configured in the access point. It is recommended to configure data encryption for security purposes when creating a computer-to-computer network connection profile.
Wireless Network Setup Using the Wireless LAN Setup Program (for Atheros 802.11BG Card) You can use a wireless network by using a wireless LAN configuration program (Atheros Client Utility) provided separately. This description is for the Atheros 802.11BG card. For Intel 802.11BG, Intel 802.11ABG cards, see page p82. To use wireless network connection, complete the following procedures. • Step 1. Install the Atheros Client Utility program. • Step 2. Construct a wireless network.
If the network does not appear, click on Refresh. An access point is represented by the ( ) icon, and a small office wireless network is represented by the ( ) icon. 3. Enter a profile name to be used in the Network Connections. 4. Select one of the Security Settings set for the access point (or computer-tocomputer network) to connect to in the Security window. Click on the Settings to set detailed security options for the selected Security Setting.
• To create a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network: To create a new computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) or to connect to a hidden access point (Stealth/Closed Mode), refer to the following procedures. A hidden access point is an access point that exists, but is configured not to be detected by the scan operation to prevent access attempts from unauthorized users. 1. In the Profile Management window, click on Create. 2. Enter a profile name in the Profile Name field. 3.
Using Network Services While the computer is connected to the network, you can use network services to share files, folders, and printers. Network services are provided for the computers that are connected to the network through wired or wireless network connections. For details, see “Connecting Through a Wired LAN” on page 66 and see “Connecting Through a Wireless LAN (Option)” on page 73.
Step 1. Configuring Sharing 1. Right-click the target file or folder to share in My Computer, and select Sharing and Security. 2. Click 'IF you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click here'. It has the same security effect as that of the 'Network Setup Wizard'. This screen does not appear if Internet Sharing Network Wizard has been installed in the computer-to-computer wireless network environment. 3. Select 'Just enable file sharing', and click OK. 4.
Step 2. Using Shared Files or Folders This section describes how to access shared files or folders if your computer is a member of the same workgroup. 1. Double-Click My Network Places of desktop under Other Places. 2. Click 'View workgroup computers', and click the desired computer to access the shared file. If your computer is a member of another workgroup: 1. Click Other Places > Microsoft Windows Network. 2. Click the desired workgroup. 3.
Step 1. Configuring Printer Sharing 1. From the computer connected to the printer, click Start > Printers and Faxes. 2. Right-click the printer you want to share, and click Sharing. 3. Select 'Share this printer', enter a share name for the shared printer, and click OK. 4. In the Printers and Faxes window, you will find the printer icon has been changed to another icon on a hand. Step 2. Adding and Using a Shared Printer. 1.
5. Select 'Browse for a printer', and click Next. 6. Select the workgroup or computer, select the desired printer, and click Next. If you cannot find the desired printer, try again after a while. 7. Read the warning about a shared printer, and click Yes to install the shared printer. 8. Select Yes for 'Do you want to use this printer as a default printer?', and click Next. 9. Click Finish. 10.
Using Bluetooth Devices (Optional) You can transfer files between Bluetooth devices, use the Internet, and construct a Personal Area Network. In addition, you can use a wireless keyboard, wireless mouse, and a wireless printer that have the Bluetooth function. You can only use the Bluetooth communication function between devices (computers, mobile phones, PDAs, printers, etc.) which support Bluetooth. The Bluetooth function is provided through the Bluetooth software included in Microsoft Windows XP SP2.
• Using a wireless printer You can use a wireless printer if the printer supports Bluetooth HCRP (Hardcopy Cable Replacement Profile). For more detailed procedures on using a wireless printer, refer to “Install a Bluetooth printer” of the Bluetooth On-line help. • Using a Personal Area Network You can exchange files between computers by connecting to the shared folder of another computer via a Personal Area Network.
Customizing Your Computer Using System Setup The System Setup (BIOS) program enables you to configure your computer hardware and set security and power-savings options. The settings you choose are stored in battery-maintained CMOS memory that saves the information even when the computer’s power is turned off. When your computer is turned back on, it is configured with the values found in this memory. Run System Setup if you get a message prompting you to run the program.
Starting System Setup To start System Setup, turn on your computer and then press and hold until the System Setup screen appears. Table 2. System Setup Menus Menu Function Main Changes the basic system. Advanced Configures advanced features on your computer. Security Enables security features, including passwords. Boot Specifies the order of boot devices and configures boot features. Exit Specifies how to exit System Setup.
Changing Booting Priority You can select the booting priority among the devices such as the hard drive, CD-ROM drive, etc. The following example describes how to configure the hard drive as the first booting device when the CD-ROM drive is configured as the first booting device by default. 1. Select the Boot menu in System Setup. 2. Press on Boot Device Priority item. 3. Use < > key to move to the Hard Drive item, and press until it is at the very top. 4.
Configuring the Password Setting the Supervisor Password By configuring a supervisor password, you can restrict system access to authorized users only. Do not lose or forget your password. If you have forgotten your password, contact the Samsung service center. 1. Select the Security menu in the System Setup. To enter System Setup, see “Starting System Setup” on page 97. 2. On the Set Supervisor Password item, press . 3.
Activating the Booting Password Before activating the booting password, the supervisor password must have been configured. Set the Password on boot option to [Enabled]. From now on, system booting will not proceed without the password. Deactivating the Password 1. On the password to delete, press . (e.g. supervisor password) 2. Enter the current configured password, and press . 3.
Configuring Resolution and Color Depth Screen resolution is the number of pixels displayed on the screen. High resolution makes the overall screen area large, although individual items appear small. Color quality is determined by the number of bits used to represent a pixel on the screen. High color quality displays more number of colours on your screen. 1. Select Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes > Change the screen resolution. 2.
3. When you have completed configuration, click Apply. For XGA models, configuring the screen resolution to 1024x768, and the colour quality to Highest (32 bit) is recommended. For SXGA+ models, configuring the screen resolution to 1400x1050, and the colour quality to Highest (32 bit) is recommended. For UXGA models, configuring the screen resolution to 1600x1200, and the colour quality to Highest (32 bit) is recommended. For 15.
Using External Display Devices(ATI Chipset model, (p 101)) Using external display devices such as monitors, projectors, TVs, etc allows you to view screen images alternatively or simultaneously on each device. Additionally, you can extend the screen onto two display devices to use a larger workspace. Using external display devices is especially useful when you are giving a presentation or watching a movie through your TV.
For X25 / X50 models, the configuration needs to be changed as follows after connecting the cable. 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes > Display 2. Click the Settings tab > Advanced 3. Click the Display tab. 4. Select YPbPr On/Off. YPbPr On/Off YPbPr 5. Click Apply. 6. Click YPbPr. 7. Select the appropriate TV type in the YPbPr Properties window and Click Apply. 2. Press the + keys.
Using Dual View to View Extended Screen You can expand the screen into two display devices and work conveniently in separate workspaces. In Dual View mode, you can select the screen resolution and colour quality for each display device, as if there were two separate graphics cards. 1. Connect the external display device (e.g. a monitor or a projector) to the corresponding port of the system. To connect a TV, connect the TV to the TV output port of the system.(”Connecting to a TV” (p103)) 2.
secondary display device is indicated as '2'. Now you can view the screen through two monitors. 1 : Primary 2 : Secondary When you use Dual View, configuring the LCD as the 'Primary' monitor is recommended. If the screen of the secondary display device is displayed at 640x480 pixels, with 256 colours, change the settings to the desired screen resolution and colour quality in the [Display Properties] dialog box.
Using External Display Devices(Intel Chipset mode, (p 101)) Using external display devices such as monitor or projector, you can view the screen images alternatively or simultaneously. You can extend the screen into two display devices to use larger workspace. Using external display devices would be especially useful when you are giving presentations or watching a video file. The 910GML Chipset model does not support HDTV output. 1. Connect the external display device (e.g.
Monitor Displays on an external device such as monitor or a projector. TV You can only view the screen on the TV. Notebook Displays on the notebook LCD only. Intel(R) Dual Display Clone Displays the same screen on the notebook LCD, and an external device such as monitor or projector. Extended Desktop Extends the screen into the notebook LCD and an external device such as monitor or projector to use a 2 times larger workerspace.
System Management Using Power Management Options Your computer includes Power Management options that can help the battery charge last longer and extend the life of the battery. Power-management options will slow down or shut off system components when the components are not being used. Power management may slow down system performance. Your computer runs fastest with the power cord attached, whereby power management is disabled.
3. Click the Power Schemes tab to display the basic power management options. By default, the power scheme is configured to SAMSUNG mode. SAMSUNG mode extends the battery life and optimizes the Intel Speedstep function. Since the CPU power consumption is automatically optimized to conserve power when the computer is operating on battery power, an application may be executed slower than when it is operating on AC power.
If You Reinstall Windows: You should re-establish hibernate in power options by opening Power Options Properties window and click on the Hibernate tab then click “Enable Hibernation”. Hibernate Tab Frequent Interruptions: If you experience frequent interruptions, you might also consider putting your computer into automatic hibernation after a specified number of minutes using the power management options.
Advanced Power Management Schemes This section discusses the advanced power management schemes. There are two buttons that you can use to manually conserve power. To enter the power management window complete the following: 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance. 2. Click icon to display the Power Options Properties window. 3. Click the Advanced tab to display the advanced power management options. Advanced Tab Power & Sleep Button Programming Windows 4.
Using the Battery Please refer to the following instructions when running the computer on battery power without connecting the AC power. Please read the instructions on the battery before use. Please refer to the system operation environment (p155) of this manual and operate and store the battery at room temperature. Ejecting and Attaching Battery 1. Shutdown the system and close LCD. 2. Put the computer upside down on a flat surface. 3. Pull the two battery latches outward.( ), then remove the battery.
Monitoring the Battery Charge You can view the battery charge status by completing the following procedures. To use the shortcut key to view Press the + key combination on the keyboard and then the current power source and the current remaining battery charge are displayed at the top left of the screen. To view on the battery Click the PUSH button on the battery. The remaining battery charge (%) will be displayed.
Using the battery Battery is an expendable supply, so when you use it for a long time, the capacity/battery life is shortened. If the battery life is reduced to under half of the initial time, we recommend that you purchase a new battery to use. Battery Warning You will hear an alarm when the remaining battery charge is under 10%. Connect the power cable or turn off the computer and install a fully charged battery.
• Maximum Performance Mode : This mode provides maximum system performance at the cost of the battery. Therefore, the battery usage time may be reduced in this mode. • Custom Mode : In this mode, a user can configure a detailed configuration to save the battery usage time. A user can adjust the LCD brightness, select the time before the system sleeps, select the screen color quality and select the graphics mode. A user can also turn the wireless LAN function on and off.
Battery Calibration Calibrating your battery once a month is one of the recommended methods of increasing your computer’s battery life. To calibrate the battery complete the following steps: Calibration Notes: You should start the battery calibration process with a fully charged battery, battery status LED is green. The power meter may not show 100%. Before you commence the battery calibration process you should fully charge, then fully discharge and finally fully recharge the battery again. 1.
Upgrading Memory This computer has one or more 128 MB or 256 MB memory module(s). Two memory module sockets are provided so that you can replace memory or install an additional memory module. Removing the memory module Before removing/replacing the memory module, turn the system off completely. Do not replace the memory module when the system is in Standby/Hibernate mode. 1. Using a screwdriver, open the memory module compartment cover on the bottom of the computer. screw 2.
Adding a memory module 1. Align the new memory module connectors accordingly and slide it into the slot at a 30° angle. Ensure the notch on the memory module corresponds with the notch on the socket. 2. Push the memory module in until the module clicks into place. If the memory module is not fixed completely, gently push the memory down while pressing the memory module tabs outward. 3. Close and fix the memory module compartment cover using a screwdriver.
Using the Security Lock Port The security lock is a device used to physically 'fix' the system when using it in a public place. The locking device needs to be purchased separately. The shape and methods of use may differ depending on the manufacturer. Please refer to the manual provided with the security lock for proper use. 1. Connect a security lock cable to a fixed object. 2. While holding the security lock port lever to the left, connect the cable to the security lock port.
Tips for Using Your Computer The following information helps you avoid potential problems as you use your computer: Do not try to disassemble your computer. Opening the system chassis voids your warranty. Only an authorised manufacturer service center can replace or add any parts inside the chassis. • Follow all the instructions and cautions in your computer user documentation. • The LCD has a polarized surface and can be damaged easily. To prevent damage, avoid touching the screen.
Travelling with Your Computer Air Travel If you are travelling by air, follow these tips: • Take the computer with you as carry-on luggage. Do not check the computer with your baggage. • Allow the computer and disks to go through the X-ray security devices. Do not hand-carry disks through the walk-through metal detectors, which can cause loss of data. • Be prepared to turn off the computer during take off and landing. Handling Spills Do not spill anything on your computer.
Storing the Computer for Long Periods If you will not be using the computer for a long period of time (a month or more), you should discharge the battery completely then remove the battery from the computer. This extends the life of the battery.
Troubleshooting Complete the following in the order presented until your system is functioning properly. If all of the steps below fail then contact your local reseller for assistance. Questions and Answers Please see “Questions and Answers” on page 125 for assistance in correcting any computer operational problems. Check the Connections Verify all of the power and peripheral cables are securely plugged into their sockets and that your system and power supply is on.
Questions and Answers This section provides information on possible problems, solutions and other references for system use. Windows Related Q1 The system does not shutdown properly. A When the system does not shutdown normally, press and hold the Power button until the system manually shuts off. If the Power-Saving Mode is configured into the Power button, press and hold for more than 4 seconds to shut the system off.
Display Related Q1 The LCD screen is too dark or too bright A Adjust the LCD screen brightness. Use the +< >, +< > keys. Q2 The screen saver disturbs screen viewing during Media Player or video file operation. A Unselect Tools > Options > Player > Allow screen saver during playback in the Media Player. Q3 In DOS mode, changing the full screen DOS mode by pressing + key displays a broken image for a short period.
Q7 A DVD or an MPEG file is only played on the LCD (ATI chipset model) A When both the LCD and the CRT are being used simultaneously, video plays on one of them by default. 1. Right-click over the Desktop and select Properties. 2. In the [Display Properties] window, click the Settings tab > Advanced > ATI Overlay tab. 3. Select the Theater Mode option, and then configure the Overlay Display Mode to 'Theater Mode' or 'All The Same’ and then click on Apply.
Modem Related Q1 I cannot hear the modem sound. A1 Check that the telephone line is properly connected to the modem. A2 Check that the modem driver is installed properly. 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System. 2. Select Hardware tab > Device Manager > Modems in the System Properties window, and check if there is a yellow exclamation mark on the installed modem icon.
- Using an AT command As an initialization command, use the command, ATX3. Otherwise, enter the ATX3 command manually before making a call. It can correct this problem by skipping the dial tone check step. - Configuring the Modem through the Control Panel 1. Click Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections. 2. Under See Also, click Phone and Modem Options. 3. In the Modems tab, select the installed modem, and click Properties. 4.
4. In the Modems tab, select the installed modem, and click Properties. 5. In the Power Management tab of the Modem Properties window, select the “With this device, exit the computer from stand-by mode” item and then click OK. The above setting enables the modem to turn on the system and receive a fax when in power saving mode.
Wireless LAN Related Refer to ”Connecting Through a Wireless LAN (Option)” (p73) for the basic uses of a wireless LAN. Q1 The Wireless LAN device is operating properly, but I cannot connect to the Internet or to another computer. This is due to an incorrect configuration, or a configuration error. Check the following check lists: A1 If you are using a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network connection, check that the name of the configured network (SSID) is correct. The network name (SSID) is case sensitive.
Q3 I cannot share an Internet connection. A1 It may require some time to synchronize the computers to share an Internet connection after the Internet connection sharing configuration is completed. If you cannot share Internet connection even after a longer period, restart the computer. A2 Check if the connection between the network adapters is configured to bridge.
- Verify whether the AP's firmware is the most recent version. (Contact the AP manufacturer or the place where you purchased the AP for details of the AP firmware.) A5 Verify whether the AP has been properly connected to the network. Verify whether the network is operating normally by connecting the wired network cable, which has been connected to the AP, to your computer. A6 Check the network key settings (encryption key).
disable the [View Available Wireless Networks] window supported by WZC service. Exit the wireless LAN related program then check whether the window is enabled. A3 Initialize the device driver. Click Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System > Hardware tab > Device Manager > Network adapters, and select the wireless LAN adapter. Right-click the network adaptor and select 'Disable'.
- A fixed IP is recommended for a small-size network. Q7 When using a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network, sometimes I cannot search the access point. A It may happen occasionally when you are using a computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network connection. Even if you cannot find some access points, the computer-to-computer (Ad Hoc) network is operating properly. Click Refresh to view the latest search result.
A2 This may be caused by selecting the ’Use IEEE 802.1x network authentication’ option when IEEE 802.1x authentication is not available. Check the properties of the AP in the wireless network settings. If the ’Use IEEE 802.1x authentication in this network’ option is selected, deselect the option on the Authentication tab. For more detailed information about authentication server, ask your network administrator.
Games and Programs Related Q1 3D game is not executed, or some functions are not working. A Change the graphic setting of the game to '2D' or 'Software Renderer', then execute the program again. Q2 I launched a game right after installing it, and the game is not executed. A This problem may occur when the game is not compatible with Windows XP. Launch the game again, and it will be executed properly. Q3 A game runs only in small screen format.
Q5 Key combination does not work. While displaying video of VCD or MPEG, or the display setting is Dual View, you cannot toggle display devices. Also the installation of NetWare Client 32 program disables the function of . Q6 While playing a game, pressing the +keys does not work or Some games and 3D application programs may change the display device control.
3. Click the PowerPlay Settings button, and set the Plug-In, High Battery and Low Battery sliders to ‘Optimal Performance’ and then click Apply. (Intel chipset models) A This may happen when using the DFGT function. 1. Right-click over the Desktop and select Graphics Option > Graphics Properties > Device tab. 2. Click Notebook and click ‘Power Schemes Settings'. 3. Unselect 'Intel® Dual-Frequency Graphics Technology'. 4. Click OK. Q11 The screen is severely interrupted in some games.
Security Center Q1 To change the popup window display settings when connected to the Internet. In the Windows XP SP2 environment, you can decide whether to display a popup window when connected to the Internet, for user convenience and security. A1 To display most of the popup windows when connected to the Internet: 1. Click on Internet Options in Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for. 2. In the Privacy tab of Internet Properties, clear Block pop-ups.
Q3 When you see a Windows Security Alert icon ( of the task bar. ) appear on the right part With the Security Center feature added, Windows XP SP2 checks the Firewall, the automatic updates configuration and installation of virus-checking programs to display a Windows Security Alert icon on the right part of the task bar when it judges that the computer is vulnerable to attacks from the Internet. In this case, check the following to install the necessary components. A1 Set up the Windows Firewall.
A5 If Windows does not recognize the existence of an anti-virus program even when it has been installed, your computer could be vulnerable to attacks from the Internet. You should install an anti-virus program that your computer is able to identify. Check the following programs which Windows can detect and select one from the list.
HDTV Related The 910GML Chipset model does not support HDTV output. Q1 On a component TV, the Full Screen DOS Mode screen does not display. A A component TV does not support the Full Screen DOS Mode screen due to an output power problem of the TV. Please use DOS mode in a window when using a component TV. Q2 The colors are too blurred. A Depending on the model of the TV or the color settings, a specific color may dominate. Adjust the color settings of the TV.
Q5 The screen does not display on the component TV. (ATI chipset models) A This happens when the TV does not support the component TV mode configured in the video driver. 1. Click Display Properties > Settings > Advanced > Display tab > YPbPr button. 2. Select the relevant modes (480i, 480p, 540p, 720p,1080i,16:9) and click the Apply button. (At this time, the mode changes to the highest of the selected modes depending on the supported modes of the TV.) 3.
Restoring the System This description is only for models running Window XP. The System Restore function allows you to restore your computer to an earlier copy (called restore point), and restores the settings if a problem occurs.The System Restore function is provided by Windows XP to enable the resolution of various problems without reinstalling Windows XP completely. You can use System Restore in the following cases. • • • • The system files are deleted or damaged by mistake.
2. Select "Create a restore point", and click Next. Since changes made after the Recovery Point may not be maintained, please back-up all necessary files to another location before performing system recovery. 3. In the Restore point description box, type a name to identify the restore point, and than click Create. A restore point has been created.
2. Select "Restore my computer to an earlier time", and then click Next. 3. Select the desired restore date from the calendar restoration and select the desired restore point from the list, and then click Next. The date of the restore point is displayed in bold font. 4. Confirm the selected restore point and click Next. System Restore shuts down Windows, and starts the restoration processes.
5. After the restoration is complete, Windows restarts. In the [System Restore completed] dialog, click OK.Your computer has been restored to the selected restore point. Undoing the last restoration The procedures to undo a restoration are described below. 1. Click Start > All Programs > Accessories > System Tools > System Restore. 2. Select "Undo my last restoration", and then click Next. 3. Confirm the restoration information to undo, and than click Next.
Reinstalling Software If you have reinstalled the Windows operating system, or the system and program do not operate properly, you can re-install the driver and program using the system software CD. This computer is optimized for Microsoft Windows XP, therefore driver other than the ones included in the System Software CD are not provided. Running the system software CD Insert the system software CD into the CD-ROM drive. The initial screen appears automatically.
Installing drivers and programs 1. Click Standard Installation in the main window of the System Software CD. (Standard Installation is recommended) 2. The system is scanned to display the drivers and programs that need to be installed. 3. Click OK. The drivers and programs are automatically installed as factory defaults. 4. When done, restart the system.
Reinstalling Windows XP If the Windows XP does not operate properly due to an error in the system, or if you have replaced the hard disk drive, you can reinstall Windows XP using the system recovery CD. With the system recovery CD, you can reinstall Windows XP only. To return the system to the state of shipment, reinstall the device drivers and programs with the system software CD after reinstalling Windows XP with the system recovery CD.
• Standard installation: You can change the settings for partitioning, the installation folder, etc. during the Windows installation. However, reinstalling Windows may delete the data on the hard disk drive such as files, programs, etc. In order to minimize damage from data loss, please remember to always back up data. • Quick Installation: This re-installs Windows with the user data and the system configuration intact.
8. When a window that requires your name and organization pops up, enter your name and the organization and click Next. In the Windows XP Professional edition, an additional window that requires the computer name and the administrator password appears. Enter the computer name and the administrator password and click Next. 9. When the Date and Time Settings window appears, click Next. Setup will continue. 10. When the system restarts to display Press any key to boot from CD, do not press any key.
If You Cannot Run Windows If you cannot run Windows, you have to boot the system with the system recovery CD, and reinstall Windows. If you boot the system from the system recovery CD, you can install Windows only with the user installation option. You cannot install with the standard installation option. 1. Insert the system recovery CD into the CD-ROM drive and start the computer. 2. If the following message appears on the screen, press any key from the keyboard. Press any key to boot from CD.....
Specifications System Specification The system specifications will be described below. The system specifications may differ depending on the derived models. X20 Model (with an Intel Graphics Chipset) Item Specification Remarks CPU Intel Celeron M 1.3~1.5GHz(FSB400) / Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.
The system specifications are subject to change without notice. For detailed system specifications, refer to the product catalog. *) This is a product that is currently being developed and will be sold in the near future. **) Using the AC adapter (60W) in other models may cause a system malfunction. Please use only an AC adapter specified in the system specification. X20 Model (with an ATI Graphics Chipset) Item Specification Remarks CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.
X25 Model Item Specification Remarks CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.13GHz / Dothan (FSB533) Optional Cache memory 2MB (Dothan) Main memory 256/512/1024 MB DDR2 SDRM, 2 DDR socket Main Chipset Intel 915GM (Alviso PM) / 82801FBM (ICH6-M) Max 2GB Hard disk drive (HDD) 2.5", UltraDMA100, S.M.A.R.T 9.
X50 Model Item Specification Remarks CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.13GHz / Dothan (FSB533) Optional Cache memory 2MB (Dothan) Main memory 256/512/1024 MB DDR2 SDRM, 2 DDR socket Main Chipset Intel 915GM (Alviso PM) / 82801FBM (ICH6-M) Max 2GB Hard disk drive (HDD) 2.5", UltraDMA100, S.M.A.R.T 9.
Wireless LAN Specification (Optional) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection Product Specification Item Physical Specifications Power Specification Network Specifications Detailed Specifications Dimensions (Width X Height) 59.75 X 44.45 mm operation temperature and humidity Same as system operation Power Saving Mode 135 mW Receiving Mode 0.85W Transmission Mode 1.45W Power 3.3V Compatibility IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection Product Specification Item Physical Specifications Power Specification Network Specifications Detailed Specifications Dimensions (Width X Height) 59.75 X 44.45 mm operation temperature and humidity Same as system operation Power Saving Mode 135 mW Receiving Mode 0.85 W Transmission Mode 1.45 W Power 3.3V Compatibility IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
Airgo Networks True MIMO (tm) Wireless Adapter Product Specification Item Physical Specifications Power Specification Network Specifications Detailed Specifications Dimensions (Width X Height) 59.75 X 44.45 mm operation temperature and humidity Same as system operation Power Saving Mode 330 mW Receiving Mode 1.45 W Transmission Mode 1.52 W Power 3.3V Compatibility IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
Atheros Wireless Network Adapter Device Product Specification Item Physical Specifications Detailed Specifications Dimensions (Width X Height) 59.75 X 44.70 mm operation temperature and humidity Same as system operation Temperature: 0°C ~ 70°C Humidity: 95% Power Specification Network Specifications Power Saving Mode 70mW Receiving Mode 0.825W Transmission Mode 1.25W Power 3.3V Compatibility IEEE 802.11g, IEEE 802.
Abbreviations A . . . . . . . . . Amperes AC . . . . . . . . Alternating current ACPI . . . . . . Advanced Configuration and Power management Interface APM . . . . . . Advanced Power Management ATA. . . . . . . AT attachment (refers to the hard-drive interface in an ATcompatible computer) ATAPI. . . . . AT attachment packet interface BBS . . . . . . . Bulletin board system BIOS . . . . . . Basic input/output system C . . . . . . . . . Centigrade CD . . . . . . . . Compact disc CD-ROM . .
ISA . . . . . . . Industry Standard Architecture KB . . . . . . . . Kilobytes kg . . . . . . . . . Kilograms LAN. . . . . . . Local-area network lb.. . . . . . . . . Pounds LBA . . . . . . . Logical block addressing LCD. . . . . . . Liquid-crystal display m . . . . . . . . . Meters mA . . . . . . . . Milliampere mAhr . . . . . . Milliampere hour MB. . . . . . . . Megabyte mm . . . . . . . millimeter MPEG . . . . . Motion Picture Experts Group MPU . . . . . . Microprocessor unit ms . . . . . . . .
Glossary AC adapter The AC (or alternating current) adapter regulates current coming into your computer from the wall outlet. The current at the wall outlet is alternating current and needs to be changed by the adapter to DC (direct current) before your computer can use it for power.
CardBus CardBus technology enables the computer to use 32-bit PC Cards. Hardware in the computer and the Windows operating system provide support for the 32-bit cards. The voltage of 32-bit cards (3.3 volts) is lower than that of 16-bit cards (5 volts). The 32-bit cards can transmit more data at a time than the 16-bit cards, thus increasing their speed. CMOS memory CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) memory is powered by the CMOS battery.
Hard drive Also called fixed disk. A hard drive is connected to the computer and can be installed or removed. Data written to a hard drive remains until it is overwritten or corrupted. The 2.5-inch hard drive in your computer was designed for use in a notebook computer. Because hard drives in notebook computers are smaller than those in desktop computers, their maximum storage capacity may be less than that of desktop hard drives.
PC Card PC Card stands for personal computer card. The Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA) defines the standards used to develop all PC Cards. PC Card types include: modems, Ethernet adapters, SCSI adapters, ATA cards, and memory cards. PC slot The PC slot is the hardware slot in the computer where the PC Card is placed. Pixel A pixel is an individual dot in a graphic displayed on your computer. The pixels are so close together that they look as though they are connected.
Shadow RAM A write-protected area of RAM that contains a copy of the BIOS. As the computer boots, the BIOS is copied from its permanent location in ROM to RAM. The BIOS can be executed much faster in RAM than in ROM. The BIOS remains in shadow RAM until you turn off the computer. TFT (thin film transistor) LCD A TFT LCD uses a separate transistor circuit to control each pixel. This technology provides the best resolution for an LCD screen. A TFT LCD is also sometimes called an active matrix LCD.
X20/X25/X50 1.
¢éÍÁÙÅÊÓ¤Ñ−à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ Ãкº¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÍ͡ẺáÅз´Êͺà¾×èÍãËéµÃ§µÒÁÁҵðҹÅèÒÊØ´à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÃʹà·È ÍÂèÒ§äáçµÒÁ à¾×èÍãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒ¨ÐãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéä´éÍÂèÒ§»ÅÍ´ÀÑ µéͧ·ÓµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ·ÕèÃкØäÇé·Õè¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì áÅÐã¹àÍ¡ÊÒäÙèÁ×Í·ÕèãËéÁÒ ¡ÃسҷӵÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓàËÅèÒ¹Õéà¾×èͪèÇ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒÃä´éÃѺºÒ´à¨çºáÅСÒÃà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒ¡Ѻà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì i ¡ÒõԴµÑé§Ãкº • ÍèÒ¹áÅл¯ÔºÑµÔµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó·ÕèÃкØäÇé·Õè¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ìáÅÐã¹àÍ¡ÊÒäÙèÁ×Í¡è͹·Õè¨ÐàÃÔèÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¤
¡ÒôÙáÅÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ • ËéÒÁàËÂÕºÊÒÂä¿ËÃ×ÍËéÒÁäÁèãËéÁÕÊÔ觢ͧÇÒ§·ÑºÊÒÂä¿ • ËéÒÁãËé¢Í§àËÅÇã´æ ˡôà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ÇÔ¸Õ¡Ò÷Õè´Õ·ÕèÊش㹡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§Ë¡Ã´à¤Ã×èͧ¤×Í¡ÒÃäÁè ÃѺ»ÃзҹÍÒËÒÃËÃ×Í´×èÁà¤Ã×èͧ´×èÁã¡Åéà¤Ã×èͧ • à¤Ã×èͧºÒ§à¤Ã×èͧÍÒ¨ÁÕẵàµÍÃÕè CMOS ·ÕèÊÒÁÒö¶Í´à»ÅÕè¹ä´éº¹àÁ¹ºÍÃì´ ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒ¨ҡ¡ÒÃÃÐàºÔ´ä´é • • ËÒ¡¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ẵàµÍÃÕè CMOS äÁè¶Ù¡µéͧ ãËéà»ÅÕè¹ẵàµÍÃÕèẺà´ÔÁËÃ×ÍẺ·Õèà·Õºà·èÒ «Öè§ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃá¹Ð¹Ó¨Ò¡ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ ¡Ó¨Ñ´áºµàµÍÃÕèµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó¢Í§ºÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ ËÒ¡µéͧà»ÅÕè¹ẵà
ËéÒÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ㹾×é¹·Õè·ÕèÃкØÇèÒÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒÂä´é â´Â¾×é¹·Õè´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇ ¤Ãͺ¤ÅØÁ¶Ö§¾×é¹·ÕèÊÓËÃѺ´ÙáżÙé»èÇ ã¹âç¾ÂÒºÒÅËÃ×ͤÅÔ¹Ô¤·Ñ¹µ¡ÃÃÁ ÊÀÒÇзÕèÁÕÍÍ¡«ÔਹÁÒ¡ËÃ×Íã¹¾×é¹·Õè¢Í§âç§Ò¹ÍصÊÒË¡ÃÃÁ Written by: Daryl L.
• »ÅÑꡢͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìµéͧµÃ§µÒÁ¤Í¹¿Ô¡¡Ùàêѹ¢Í§Áҵðҹ EN 60 320/IEC 320 Standard Sheet C7 ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒûéÍ¹ä¿ à¢éÒà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¢éÍÁÙÅÊÓ¤Ñ−à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ v
ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºµèÒ§æ ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÃкºäÇÃìàÅÊ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÃкº LAN Ê×èÍÊÒôéǤÅ×è¹ÇÔ·ÂØ ¾Åѧ§Ò¹µèÓ (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊ×èÍÊÒÃäÇÃìàÅÊ´éǤÅ×蹤ÇÒÁ¶ÕèÇÔ·ÂØ (RF)) ·Ó§Ò¹´éǤÇÒÁ¶Õè 2.
ã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒÂ㹡ÒÃú¡ÇáÒ÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹ ËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ ÍѹµÃÒÂËÃ×Íä´éÃѺÍѹµÃÒ ÍÒ¨¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкءÒèӡѴ¡ÒÃãªéËÃ×ÍËéÒÁãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ Ê¹ÒÁºÔ¹, âç¾ÂÒºÒÅ áÅо×é¹·Õè·ÕèÁÕÍÍ¡«ÔਹáÅÐá¡êÊ·ÕèµÔ´ä¿ä´é¤×͵ÑÇÍÂèҧʶҹ·Õè·ÕèÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒèӡѴ¡ÒÃãªéËÃ×ÍËéÒÁãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ àÁ×èÍÍÂÙèã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ·Õè¤Ø³äÁèá¹èã¨ã¹¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ãËéÊͺ¶ÒÁà¨éÒ˹éÒ·Õè¡è͹¡ÒÃà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ã¹áµèÅлÃÐà·È¨ÐÁÕ¢éͨӡѴ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ·ÕèᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä» à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ÁÒ ¾Ãé
»ÃÐà·ÈÊËÃÑ°ÍàÁÃÔ¡Ò ¢éÍ¡Ó˹´áÅлÃСÒÈ´éÒ¹¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧÊËÃÑ°ÍàÁÃÔ¡ÒáÅÐá¤¹Ò´Ò ËéÒÁÊÑÁ¼ÑÊËÃ×Íà¤Å×è͹ÂéÒÂàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈ¢³Ð·ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ì¡ÓÑÅѧÃѺÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³ ËéÒÁ¶×Íͧ¤ì»ÃСͺ㴷ÕèÁÕÇÔ·ÂØ â´ÂãËéàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈÍÂÙèã¡ÅéËÃ×ÍÊÑÁ¼ÑʡѺÃèÒ§¡Ò â´Â੾ÒÐãºË¹éÒËÃ×ʹǧµÒ ¢³Ð·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³ ËéÒÁãªéÇÔ·ÂØËÃ×;ÂÒÂÒÁÊ觢éÍÁÙÅ ËÒ¡äÁèä´éµèÍàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈ ÁԩйÑé¹ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÇÔ·ÂØÍÒ¨àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é ãªéã¹ÊÀÒ¾áÇ´ÅéÍÁ·ÕèÃкØà·èÒ¹Ñé¹: ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂã¹¾×é¹·Õè«Öè§ÁÕÍѹµÃÒ¨ÐÁÕ¢éͨӡѴµÒÁ·Õè¼ÙéÍӹǡÒýèÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧáµèÅÐʶҹ·ÕèÃкØäÇé ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂã¹à¤Ã
ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÃéÊÒÂÍ×è¹æ »ÃСÒÈà¾×èͤÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂÊÓËÃѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ã¹à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒÂ: â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹àÍ¡ÊÒ÷ÕèÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÍÐá´»àµÍÃìÍÕà¸ÍÃìà¹çµäÃéÊÒ ËÃ×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ã¹à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ ¤Óàµ×͹: ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÇÔ·ÂØ Part 15 ¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹â´ÂäÁèÁÕÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹ã¹ªèǧ¤ÇÒÁ¶Õèà´ÕÂǡѹ ¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ËÃ×Í´Ñ´á»Å§¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇ ·ÕèäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃ͹ØÁѵÔÍÂèÒ§ªÑ´à¨¹â´Â Intel ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéÊÔ·¸Ôì㹡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì¢Í§¼Ùéãªéà»ç¹âÁ¦Ð Unintentional Emitter ¢Í§ FCC Êèǹ 15 ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºÊèǹ 15 ¢Í§ FCC ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹µéͧà»ç¹ä»µÒÁà§×è͹䢵èÍ仹Õé:
ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÃѺÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³¹ÕéµéͧäÁè·Ó§Ò¹ã¡Åé¡ÑºàÊÒÍÒ¡ÒÈËÃ×Íà¤Ã×èͧÃѺÊè§Í×è¹ ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéµéͧà»ç¹ä»µÒÁà§×è͹ä¢Êͧ»ÃСÒõèÍ仹Õé: (1) ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéäÁè·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹·Õèà»ç¹ÍѹµÃÒÂáÅÐ (2) ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéÊÒÁÒöÃѺÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹ã´æ ÃÇÁ·Ñé§ÊÑ−−Ò³·ÕèÍÒ¨Ê觼ŵèÍ¡Ò÷ӧҹ·ÕèäÁè¾Ö§»ÃÐʧ¤ì¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õéä´é ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊäÁèÊÒÁÒö«èÍÁá«Áä´éâ´Â¼Ùéãªé ËéÒÁ·Ó¡ÒÃá¡éä¢äÁèÇèҡóÕã´æ ¡ÒôѴá»Å§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìäÇÃìàÅÊ ¨Ð·ÓãËéÊÔé¹ÊØ´¡ÒÃ͹Ø−ÒµãËéãªé§Ò¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Ñé¹ µÔ´µèͺÃÔÉÑ·¼Ùé¼ÅÔµà¾×èÍÃѺ¡ÒëèÍÁá«Á »ÃСÒÈ FCC SÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ Wireless LAN: "
à¾×è͵Ñé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¢éÍÁÙÅàËÅèÒ¹Õéŧã¹à¤Ã×èͧâ·ÃÊÒâͧ¤Ø³ â»Ã´´Ù¤ÙèÁ×ͧ͢«Í¿µìáÇÃì¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒ÷Õèãªé á¤¹Ò´Ò Unintentional Emitter per ICES-003 ÍØ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔµÍŹÕéäÁèà¡Ô¹¢Õ´¨Ó¡Ñ´¤ÅÒÊ B Ê−ÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹ÇÔ·ÂبҡÍØ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔµÍŵÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤Ñº ÇèÒ´éÇ¡ÒÃÊè§ÊÑ−−ҳú¡Ç¹¢Í§ÇÔ·ÂصÒÁÁҵðҹÍصÊÒË¡ÃÃÁã¹á¤¹Ò´Ò Le prŽsent appareil numŽrique nÕŽmet pas de bruits radioŽlectriques dŽpassant les limitesapplicables aux appareils numŽriques de Classe B prescrites dans le rglement sur le brouillage radioŽlectrique ŽdictŽ par Indu
á¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºà¡ÕèÂǡѺàÍ¡ÊÒôéÒ¹¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒà (ÊÓËÃѺ¼ÅÔµÀѹ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§âÁà´çÁÁҵðҹ IC) ©ÅÒ¡ Industry Canada ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØäÇéãËé¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ì·Õè¼èÒ¹Áҵðҹ ¡ÒÃÃѺÃͧ¹ÕéËÁÒ¶֧¡Ò÷ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ìµÃ§µÒÁÁҵðҹ ¡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂâ·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Á ¡Ò÷ӧҹ áÅФÇÒÁµéͧ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ˹èǧҹäÁèÃѺÃͧÇèÒÍØ»¡Ã³ì ¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹ä´éµÃ§µÒÁ¤ÇÒÁ¾Í㨢ͧÅÙ¡¤éÒ ¡è͹µÔ´µÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹Õé ¼Ùéãªé¤ÇõÃǨÊͺãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒä´éÃѺ͹Ø−ÒµãËéàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍØ»¡Ã³ì¢Í§ºÃÔÉÑ·â·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Áã¹¾×é¹·Õè ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ ÍØ»¡Ã³ìµéͧ·ÓµÒÁÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ·Õè¶Ù¡µéͧ 㹺Ò
ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû »ÃСÒÈà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒÂáÅÐÁҵðҹ CE ¢Í§ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì·Õè¼ÅÔµà¾×èͨÓ˹èÒÂã¹ÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû¨ÐÁÕà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒ Conformité Européene (CE) «Öè§áÊ´§¶Ö§¤ÇÒÁÊÍ´¤Åéͧ¡Ñº¢éÍ¡Ó˹´áÅÐÁҵðҹ¢Í§ÂØâû ÃÇÁ¶Ö§º·á¡é䢴ѧ·ÕèÃкصèÍ仹Õé ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéÂѧÁÕà¤Ã×èͧËÁÒÂÃÐºØ Class 2 ¢éÍÁÙŵèÍ仹ÕéãªéÊÓËÃѺà¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴ©ÅÒ¡ CE à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¤ÓÊÑ觢ͧÊËÀÒ¾ÂØâû ÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÃʹà·È¹Õéä´é¼èÒ¹¡Ò÷´ÊͺáÅеçµÒÁÁҵðҹ ¢éÍ¡Ó˹´µèÒ§æ ¢Í§¡ÅØèÁ»ÃÐà·ÈÂØâû ¤×Í: • EMC Directive 89/336/EEC áÅФÓá¡é䢢éͺѧ¤Ñº 92/31/EEC & 93/68/EEC – E
â»Ã´´Ù¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§ 802.11b áÅÐ 802.11g ÊÓËÃѺáµèÅлÃÐà·ÈËÃ×ÍÀÙÁÔÀÒ¤¢Í§»ÃÐà·È ã¹ËÑÇ¢éÍ “¢éͨӡѴ¢Í§à¢µàÈÃÉ°¡Ô¨ÂØâû” ´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ »ÃСÒȤÇÒÁÊÍ´¤Åéͧ©ºÑºá»Å [English] This product follows the provisions of the European Directive 1999/5/EC. [Danish] Dette produkt er i overensstemmelse med det europæiske direktiv 1999/5/EC [Dutch] Dit product is in navolging van de bepalingen van Europees Directief 1999/5/EC. [Finnish] Tämä tuote noudattaa EU-direktiivin 1999/5/EC määräyksiä.
¢éͨӡѴ㹾×é¹·ÕèÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªéÇÔ·ÂØ 802.11b/802.11g [ËÁÒÂà˵ض֧¼ÙéÃǺÃÇÁ: »ÃСÒȵèÍ仹Õéà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éͨӡѴ㹾×é¹·Õè ¨Ðµéͧä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃà¼Âá¾Ãèã¹àÍ¡ÊÒ÷Ñé§ËÁ´¢Í§¼Ùéãªé ·ÕèãËéÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÃкºËÃ×ͼÅÔµÀѳ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì Intel PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection] à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¤ÇÒÁ¶Õè·Õèãªéâ´ÂÍØ»¡Ã³ì LAN äÃéÊÒ 802.11b/802.11g ÍÒ¨ÂѧäÁèµÃ§¡Ñ¹·Ñé§ËÁ´ã¹·Ø¡»ÃÐà·È ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì 802.11b/802.
¢éÍÁÙÅâ·Ã¤Á¹Ò¤Á¢Í§¡ÅØèÁ»ÃÐà·ÈÂØâû (ÊÓËÃѺ¼ÅÔµÀѹ±ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§âÁà´çÁ·Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÃѺÃͧâ´Â EU) ¡ÒÃÁÕÊÑ−Åѡɳì áÊ´§¶Ö§¡Ò÷ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁ¢éͺѧ¤ÑºÇèÒ´éÇÂÇÔ·ÂØáÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊ×èÍÊÒà 1999/5/EC à¤Ã×èͧËÁÒ ´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇÍØ»¡Ã³ì¹ÕéµÃ§µÒÁËÃ×Í´Õ¡ÇèÒÁҵðҹ·Ò§à·¤¹Ô¤µèÍ仹Õé: CTR 21 Ð ¤ÇÒÁµéͧ¡ÒÃÊÓËÃѺÁҵðҹᾹÂÙâÃà»Õ¹㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂÊÇÔ·ªìâ·ÃÈѾ·ìÊÒ¸ÒóÐá͹ÒÅçÍ¡ (PSTNs) ËÃ×Í TE (äÁèÃÇÁºÃÔ¡ÒÃàÊÕ§·Ò§â·ÃÈѾ·ì¢Í§ TE) ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØã¹à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ ËÒ¡ÁÕ¨ÐËÁÒ¶֧¡Ò÷ÕèãªéÊÑ−−Ò³ Dual Tone MultiFrequency (DTMF) áÁéÇèÒÍØ
¡ÒÃãªéàÍ¡ÊÒà ¢ÍáÊ´§¤ÇÒÁÂÔ¹´Õ¡Ñº¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡«×éͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìâ¹éµºØꤷÕèÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÃкº»¯ÔºÑµÔ¡Òà Windows® XP äÁèÇèҤس¨ÐÂѧãËÁè¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªé ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìẺ¾¡¾ÒËÃ×Íà»ç¹¼Ùéãªé·ÕèÁÕ»ÃÐʺ¡ÒÃ³ì ¤ÙèÁ×Í¡ÒÃãªéÊÒÁÒöªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé»ÃÐ⪹ìÊÙ§ÊØ´ä´é¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒèѴÃٻẺàÍ¡ÊÒà äͤ͹¢éÍÁÙÅ ã¹àÍ¡ÊÒùÕé¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃãªéäͤ͹áÅТéͤÇÒÁÊÒÁ»ÃÐàÀ· äͤ͹¢éÍÁÙŨлÃÒ¡¯ÍÂÙè¡è͹¢Ñ鹵͹/¢éÍÁÙÅ·ÕèÁÕ: ¤Óàµ×͹: áÊ´§¶Ö§¡ÒÃÍÒ¨·ÓãËéà¡Ô´ÍѹµÃÒ¡ѺÃèÒ§¡ÒÂä´é ¢éͤÇÃÃÐÇѧ: àµ×͹¤Ø³à¡ÕèÂǡѺâÍ¡ÒÊ㹡ÒêÓÃØ´¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìËÃ×Í¢éÍÁÙÅ ËÁÒÂàË
¡ÒáÓ˹´ª×èÍãËé¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁµÔ´µÑé§ËÅÒÂæ â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¤Ø³µéͧ·Óâ´ÂµÔ´µÑ駨ҡ«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ÅӴѺ¡ÒõԴµÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¨Ð¶×ÍÇèÒä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¤×Íä´Ã¿ì d:\ ÍÂèÒ§äáçµÒÁÍÒ¨¨ÐäÁè¨Óà»ç¹àÊÁÍä» ÍÑ¡ÉÃÃкØä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁÍÒ¨à»ç¹ÍÑ¡ÉÃÍ×è¹·ÕèµÒÁËÅѧª×èÍÎÒÃì´ä´Ã¿ìµÑÇÊØ´·éÒÂã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¡çä´é µÑÇÍÂèÒ§àªè¹ ËÒ¡ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ¡ÒÃáºè§¾ÒÃì·ÔªÑ¹ ¨Ð·ÓãËéÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹ä´Ã¿ì C: áÅÐ D: áÅÐä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¤×Íä´Ã¿ì E: ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹·Ñªá¾´ ¤Ø³ÍÒ¨ä´éÃѺ¡ÒâÍãËé¤ÅÔ¡ËÃ×ʹѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·ÕèÃÒ¡Ò÷Õè»ÃÒ¡¯º¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹·Ñªá¾´¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªéàÁÒÊì ẺÅéÍ
àÃÔèÁµé¹ ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¤ÙèÁ×Í¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¹ÕéãªéÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ X20, X25 áÅÐ X50 ÃÙ»µèÒ§æ áÅФÓ͸ԺÒ·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯ã¹¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé¹ÕéàÅ×Í¡ÁÒ¨Ò¡ÃØè¹ X25 ÀÒ¾¨Ö§ÍÒ¨ÁÕ¢¹Ò´áÅÐÊÕᵡµèҧ仨ҡ à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ â´Â¨Ð¢Ö鹡ѺÃØè¹·Õèãªé ÁØÁÁͧ´éҹ˹éÒ ÊÅÑ¡ÂÖ´¨Í LCD ¨Í LCD Hot Keys (¹. 15) ä¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð (¹. 17) »ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì (¹. 8) ·Ñªá¾´ (¹. 12) »ØèÁà»Ô´/»Ô´ ·Ñªá¾´ËÃ×Íà«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨ ÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×Í (ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁ) »ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ ÅÓ⾧ 3D ÊÅç͵àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ (¹.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺà«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨÊͺÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×Í à«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨÊͺÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×Íà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìàÊÃÔÁ (äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªéä´é¡ÑºÃØè¹ X20) ÊÓËÃѺ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì·ÕèÁÕ à«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨÊͺÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×ͨÐäÁèÁÕ»ØèÁà»Ô´/»Ô´·Ñªá¾´ ÊÓËÃѺ¢Ñ鹵͹㹡Òà ãªéà«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨÊͺÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×Í ãËé´Ù¨Ò¡¤ÙèÁ×Íà«ç¹à«ÍÃìµÃǨÊͺÅÒ¹ÔéÇÁ×Í ä¿áÊ´§¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÃØè¹ X50 ¨ÐÍÂÙè·Õè´éÒ¹«éÒ¢ͧá¨ç¤äÁâ¤Ã⿹ ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ á¨ç¤ S/PDIF ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´Õ (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡ ¹.
ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ ¾ÍÃìµÅçÍ¡à¾×èÍ»éͧ¡Ñ¹ à¤Ã×èͧÊÙ−ËÒ (¹. 118) á¨ç¤ DC ẵàµÍÃÕè (¹. 111) ¾ÍÃìµ USB (2.0) á¨ç¤ S/PDIF ¢Í§ÃØè¹ X50 ÍÂÙè·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇҢͧ¾ÍÃìµ Power-In ÁØÁÁͧ´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ ÊÅÑ¡ÂִẵàµÍÃÕè ·Õèàª×èÍÁµèÍʶҹյèÍ¢ÂÒ ªèͧãÊè˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó (¹.
¡ÒÃà»Ô´áÅлԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¡ÒÃà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 1. ãÊèẵàµÍÃÕèáÅéǵèÍÊÒÂ俢ͧÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC µÒÁÇÔ¸Õ¡Òâͧ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹡ÒõԴµÑé§ 2. àÅ×è͹ÊÅÑ¡ÂÖ´ LCD ä»·Ò§¢ÇÒ ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹à»Ô´Ë¹éÒ¨Í LCD ¢Öé¹ 3. ¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì ¡ÒûԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ start ( ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì 2. ¤ÅÔ¡àÅ×Í¡ Turn Off Computer. 3.
ËÒ¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìäÁè»Ô´ à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡à¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´¢Í§Ãкº ãËé¡´»ØèÁ ++ àÁ×èÍ »ÃÒ¡¯ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Windows Task Manager] ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Shut Down > Turn Off à¾×èͻԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì §Ò¹·ÕèÂѧäÁèä´éºÑ¹·Ö¡ÍÒ¨ÊÙ−ËÒÂ/àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é ËÒ¡¡Òá´»ØèÁ ++ äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é ãËé¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì¤éÒ§äÇéÍÕ¡ 4 ÇÔ¹Ò·Õà¾×èͻԴ à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì §Ò¹·ÕèÂѧäÁèä´éºÑ¹·Ö¡ÍÒ¨ÊÙ−ËÒÂ/àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é àÁ×èͤسà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¤ÃÑé§¶Ñ´ä» Ãкº¨Ð ·Ó¡ÒõÃǨÊͺ´ÔÊ¡ì àÃÔèÁµé¹ 7
¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕ»ØèÁ·Ñé§ËÁ´ 88 »ØèÁ ¡Òá´»ØèÁ·Õè¡Ó˹´¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ËÅÑ¡æ ä´éàËÁ×͹¡Ñº¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìÁҵðҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹áÅлØèÁà¾×èͧҹ¾ÔàÈÉ »ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ »ØèÁ Windows »ØèÁµÑÇàÅ¢ »ØèÁá;¾ÅÔपѹ »ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨ÍáÅÐ ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§/»ØèÁ·ÔÈ·Ò§ áÁéÇèÒ¡ÒèѴàÃÕ§¢Í§»ØèÁµèÒ§æ ã¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨Ðᵡµèҧ仨ҡá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§ à¤Ã×èͧà´Ê¡ì·Í» áµè¤ÇÒÁÃÙéÊ֡㹡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¨ÐäÁèÁÕ¤ÇÒÁᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹áµèÍÂèҧ㴠»ØèÁµèÒ§æ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìÍÒ¨¨Ñ´¡ÅØèÁËÅÑ¡æ ä´é´Ñ§¹Õé: • á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì
¡ÒÃãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìµÑÇàÅ¢ á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¢Í§¤Ø³¨ÐÁÕ»ØèÁµÑÇàÅ¢ «Öè§à»ç¹¡ÅØèÁ¢Í§»ØèÁ·Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¾ÔÁ¾ìµÑÇàÅ¢áÅÐÊÑ−ÅѡɳìµèÒ§æ ·Ò§¤³ÔµÈÒʵÃìä´é àªè¹à¤Ã×èͧËÁÒºǡ ËÁÒÂàÅ¢ËÃ×ÍÊÑ−Åѡɳì·ÕèÊèǹÁØÁ¢Í§»ØèÁ¡´áµèÅлØèÁ¨ÐÁÕÊÑ−ÅѡɳìáÊ´§¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹·Ò§¤³ÔµÈÒʵÃì ËÅÍ´ LED áÊ´§ Num Lock ¡´»ØèÁ à¾×èÍà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹»ØèÁµÑÇàÅ¢ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µÑÇàÅ¢¢Í§á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì¨Ð¶Ù¡à»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹àÁ×èÍä¿ LED ¢Í§ Num Lock µÔ´ÍÂÙè (â»Ã´´Ù ”¤ÇÒÁËÁÒ¢ͧä¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð” ·Õè˹éÒ 17 ÊÓËÃѺµÓáË¹è§¢Í§ä¿ Num Lock) àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µÑÇàÅ¢ ¤Ø³ÍÒ¨¡ÅѺä»ãª
¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾ÔàÈÉ »ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¨ÐàÃÕ¡ãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾ÔàÈɵèÒ§æ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡Òá´¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñº»ØèÁÍ×è¹æ ¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁ ¼ÊÁ ª×èÍ»ØèÁ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¢Í§»ØèÁ Rest ·ÓãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¢éÒÊÙèâËÁ´ suspended ¡ÒÃÍÍ¡¨Ò¡âËÁ´ suspended ãËé¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì (¹. 107) Gauge áÊ´§áËÅ觾Åѧ§Ò¹»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹áÅлÃШØä¿¿éÒ·ÕèàËÅ×Í LCD/CRT ÊÅѺ˹éÒ¨ÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¨Í LCD áÅÐ˹éҨ͵è;èǧÀÒ¹͡àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͨÍÀÒ¹͡ (¹.
< / > Brightness Up »ÃѺà¾ÔèÁ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD < / > Brightness Down »ÃѺŴ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD àÁ×èͤس¡´»ØèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹ àÊÕ§¢Í§Ãкº¨Ð¶Ù¡µÑ´ä»ªÑèǤÃÒÇ àÃÔèÁµé¹ 11
¡ÒÃãªé·Ñªá¾´ ã¹ Windows ¤Ø³¨ÐàËç¹ÃÙ»¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡àÅç¡æ º¹Ë¹éÒ¨ÍàÊÁÍ «Öè§áÊ´§µÓá˹觷Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹµèÍä»ä´é ÃÙ»àÅç¡æ ¹ÕéàÃÕ¡ÇèҾ͹ìàµÍÃì «Öè§â´Â»¡µÔ¨ÐáÊ´§à»ç¹ÃÙ»ÅÙ¡Èà ( ) ËÃ×͵ÑÇ I ( ) ·Ñªá¾´ »ØèÁà»Ô´/»Ô´·Ñªá¾´ »ØèÁµèÒ§æ ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ ·Ñªá¾´·Õèà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»ÁÒº¹¨Í LCD ä´é àªè¹à´ÕÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéàÁÒÊìà¾×èÍ àÅ×è͹ã¹à¤Ã×èͧà´Ê¡ì·Í» »ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹ¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä´é àªè¹ ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ÃÒ¡ÒÃËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé¤ÓÊÑè§ à»Ô´/»Ô´·Ñªá¾´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö»Ô´¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´ä´éà¾×èÍãªé੾ÒÐ
¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÑ觧ҹµèÒ§æ ä´éâ´Âãªé·Ñªá¾´ ´Ñ§¤Ó͸ԺÒµèÍ仹Õé d ¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ ¡Ãкǹ¡Òà àÅ×è͹ àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàµÍÃì ÇÒ§¹ÔéÇŧº¹·Ñªá¾´áÅéÇàÅ×è͹¹ÔéÇä»ã¹ ·ÔÈ·Ò§·Õèµéͧ¡Òà ¤ÅÔ¡ àÅ×Í¡Íͺਡµì à»Ô´àÁ¹Ù ËÃ×ͤÅÔ¡»ØèÁ àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡµì·Õè µéͧ¡Òà ãËé¡´»ØèÁ«éÒ¢ͧ·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ËÃ×͹Ӿ͹ìàµÍÃìä»ÇÒ§äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡµì áÅéÇãªé¹ÔéÇá·ç»·Õè·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ à»Ô´â»Ãá¡ÃÁËÃ×Íà»Ô´ä¿Åì àÅ×è͹¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡµì ãËé¡´ »ØèÁ«éÒ¢ͧ·Ñªá¾´Ë¹Ö觤ÃÑé§ ËÃ×͹Ӿ͹ìàµÍÃìä»ÇÒ§äÇéà˹×ÍÍͺਡµ
¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ ¡Ãкǹ¡Òà àÅ×è͹ áÊ´§Êèǹº¹/ÅèÒ§/«éÒÂ/¢ÇÒ ¢Í§ à¹×éÍËÒã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì ÇÒ§¹ÔéÇ·Õè¢Íº¢ÇÒËÃ×ͧ͢ÅèÒ§¢Í§·Ñªá¾´áÅéÇ àÅ×è͹ã¹á¹ÇµÑé§ËÃ×Íá¹Ç¹Í¹ (ãªéä´é੾ÒСѺá;¾ÅÔपѹºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ· à·èÒ¹Ñé¹) ¡ÃسÒãªé·Ñªá¾´â´Âãªé¹ÔéÇà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì·ÕèáËÅÁ¤ÁÍÒ¨·ÓãËé·Ñªá¾´àÊÕÂËÒÂä´é ¡ÒÃÊÑ觧ҹ·Ñªá¾´ËÃ×Í»ØèÁ¢Í§·Ñªá¾´¢³Ð·ÕèºÙµà¤Ã×èͧÍÒ¨·ÓãËéàÇÅÒ㹡Òúٵ Windows à¾ÔèÁ¢Öé¹ 14 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
»ØèÁÅÑ´ 1 2 3 4 »ØèÁ AVStation now/AVStation now DVD ¨ÐÁÕãËéÁÒ㹺ҧÃØè¹ ËÁÒÂàÅ¢ ª×èÍ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ 1 »ØèÁ AVStation Now / Internet ¡Òá´»ØèÁ¹Õé¨ÐàÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation Now àÁ×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì»Ô´ËÃ×ÍÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) (S4) (”¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now” (¹. 56)) 2 »ØèÁ AVStation Now DVD / E-mail ¡Òá´»ØèÁ¹Õé¨ÐàÃÕ¡ãªé§Ò¹ AVStation Now à¾×èÍàÅè¹ DVD ËÃ×Í VCD ã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ (ËÒ¡ÁÕ) àÁ×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì»Ô´ÍÂÙè ËÃ×ÍÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ( Power Saving Mode) (S4) (”¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now” (¹.
¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èÒ»ØèÁÅÑ´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·Õè¨Ð¶Ù¡àÃÕ¡ãªéàÁ×èͤس¡´»ØèÁÅÑ´ä´é â´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿Íŵì â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Calculator ¢Í§ Windows ¨Ð ä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡àÁ×èÍ¡´»ØèÁ User 1 ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¡Ó˹´â»Ãá¡ÃÁä´éâ´Â¡Ò÷ӵÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Magic Keyboard ( ) º¹·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì 2. àÅ×Í¡ USER 1 áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Browse 3. àÅ×Í¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Open] áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Open (µÑÇÍÂèÒ§: â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Paint) 4.
¤ÇÒÁËÁÒ¢ͧä¿áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì Num Lock ¨ÐµÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹»ØèÁµÑÇàÅ¢ Caps Lock ¨ÐµÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÍÑ¡ÉõÑǾÔÁ¾ìãË−è Scroll Lock ¨ÐµÔ´àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´ãËéàÅ×è͹˹éҨ͢Öé¹áÅÐŧâ´Â·ÕèäÁèà»ÅÕè¹µÓá˹觢ͧà¤ÍÃìà«ÍÃìÀÒÂã¹ á;¾ÅÔपѹºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ· Hard disk drive ¡ÃоÃÔºàÁ×èÍÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìÁÕ¡Ò÷ӧҹ ẵàµÍÃÕè áÊ´§à»ç¹ÊÕ¹éÓà§Ô¹ – àÁ×èÍẵàµÍÃÕèÁÕ»ÃШØàµçÁ ËÃ×ÍàÁ×èÍäÁèä´éµÔ´µÑé§áºµàµÍÃÕèã¹à¤Ã×èͧ à»ç¹ÊÕÍӾѹ - ¢³Ð·Õè¡ÓÅѧªÒÃ쨻ÃШØãËéẵàµÍÃÕè ¡ÃоÃÔº - àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§áºµàµÍÃÕèäÁè¶Ù¡µé
¡ÒûÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ÁÕ·Ñé§ËÁ´ 8 ÃдѺ´éÇ¡ѹ (1: ÊÇèÒ§¹éÍ·ÕèÊØ´ ~ 8: ÊÇèÒ§·ÕèÊØ´) ¡´»ØèÁ +< > ËÃ×Í -< > ¨Ò¡á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìà¾×èÍ»ÃѺÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒûÃѺÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¤èÒ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹¢Í§¨Í LCD ·ÕèÁØÁº¹«éÒ¢ͧ¨Í LCD ÍÂÙè¤ÃÙè˹Öè§ àÁ×èÍã´¡çµÒÁ·Õè¤Ø³à»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧËÃ×Íà»ÅÕè¹áËÅ觨èÒÂä¿ ÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í¨Ðà»ÅÕè¹仵ÒÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èҴѧ¹Õé • àÁ×èÍãªé¡ÃÐáÊä¿ AC: ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§ÃдѺ 8 • àÁ×Íè ãªé俨ҡẵàµÍÃÕè: ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§ÃдѺ 1 ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤èÒ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ËÅѧ¨
¡ÒûÃѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§ ¡ÒûÃѺâ´Âãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¡´»ØèÁ +< > ËÃ×Í +< > ¨Ò¡á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¡ÒûÃѺâ´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ»ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§àÊÕ§ ¤ÅÔ¡äͤ͹ ÃдѺàÊÕ§ ( ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì áÅéÇ»ÃѺᶺàÅ×è͹ä»ÂѧÃдѺ·Õèµéͧ¡Òà ÊÓËÃѺµÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒûÃѺÃдѺàÊÕ§Ẻ«Ñº«é͹ ãËé´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ ÃдѺàÊÕ§ ( àÊÕ§¨Ò¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¤Çº¤ØÁ ) áÅéÇ»ÃѺÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§ ¢³Ð·Õèà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´àÊÕ§¨Ò¡¡Òúٵä´é àÃÔèÁµé¹ 19
ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñº Windows à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¡Ñºà´Ê¡ì·Í» à´Ê¡ì·Í»¤×;×é¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì â´Â»ÃСͺ´éǾ×é¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹¢¹Ò´ãË−èáÅзÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì·ÕèÊèǹÅèÒ§ äͤ͹ªç͵¤Ñ· àÁ¹Ù Start Recycle Bin ᶺÀÒÉÒ »ØèÁ Start ·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì «ÔÊàµçÁà·ÃÂìáÅйÒÌÔ¡Ò »ØèÁ Start à»Ô´àÁ¹Ù Start ·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì áÊ´§â»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ ·Õè¡ÓÅѧãªé§Ò¹ÍÂÙèã¹¢³Ð¹Ñé¹ áÅÐÊÒÁÒö¹Óäͤ͹·ÕèãªéºèÍ ÇÒ§äÇéä´éÍÕ¡´éÇ Recycle Bin ä¿ÅìáÅÐâ¿Åà´ÍÃìµèÒ§æ ·Õè¶Ù¡Åº¨Ð¶Ù¡Êè§ÁÒ·Õè¹Õè ᶺÀÒÉÒ ÊÅѺÀÒÉÒÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃÍÔ¹¾Øµ 20 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§àÁ¹Ù Start àÁ¹Ù Start »ÃСͺ´éÇ·ءæ ÍÂèÒ§·Õè¨Óà»ç¹ã¹¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁãªé§Ò¹ Windows ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù Start ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÃѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ à»Ô´ä¿Åì ¡Ó˹´ ¼Ùéãªé¢Í§Ãкºâ´Âãªé Control Panel ¢ÍÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Íâ´Â¡ÒäÅÔ¡·Õè ÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع ¤é¹ËÒÃÒ¡Ò÷Õèµéͧ¡Òèҡ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìËÃ×ÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµä´éâ´Â¡ÒäÅÔ¡·Õè ¤é¹ËÒ My Computer Control Panel â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·ÕèãªéºèÍ ÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع â»Ãá¡ÃÁ·Ñé§ËÁ´ »ØèÁ Start My Computer áÊ´§¢éÍÁÙŢͧÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì, ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ,ä´Ã¿ìà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡áÅпÅçÍ»»Õé´ÔÊ¡ì áÅÐÊÒÁÒöãªé à¾×èͤé¹ËÒáÅÐà
à¢éÒ㨡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì ÇÔ¹â´Çì¤×Íͧ¤ì»ÃСͺ¾×鹰ҹ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ÇÔ¹â´Çì My Computer à»ç¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìÊÓËÃѺáÊ´§¢éÍÁÙÅ ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì ¨Ð¶Ù¡ãªéà»ç¹µÑÇÍÂèÒ§à¾×èÍáÊ´§Í§¤ì»ÃСͺµèÒ§æ ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer äͤ͹â¿Åà´ÍÃì äµàµÔźÒÃì àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì »ØèÁ»Ô´ »ØèÁ¢ÂÒ »ØèÁÂèÍ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Quick Task â¿Åà´ÍÃì ä¿Åì ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡àÍ¡ÊÒà ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìËÃ×Í´ÔÊ¡ì µèÒ§æ ¤Ø³¨ÐàËç¹ä¿ÅìáÅÐ â¿Åà´ÍÃìµèÒ§æ ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·ÕèÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì (ä´Ã¿ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ) à¾×èÍ´Ùâ¿Åà´ÍÃìáÅÐä¿ÅìµèÒ§æ ÀÒÂã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì¹Ñé¹æ ËÒ¡äÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§ ¢éÍÁÙÅÀÒÂ
ÈÙ¹ÂìÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع ÈÙ¹ÂìÇÔ¸ÕãªéáÅСÒÃʹѺʹع (Help and Support Center) ÊÒÁÒöãªéÍéÒ§ÍÔ§áÅд٢éÍÁÙÅà¾×èÍ¡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä´é ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Help and Support Windows XP Tour ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö´Ù¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µèÒ§æ ·ÕèÁÕã¹ Windows XP ä´é â´Â¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Tour Windows XP ËÃ×ͤÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Accessories > Tour Windows XP ¤ÅÔ¡·ÕèáµèÅÐËÑÇ¢éÍà¾×èÍËÒ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Windows XP ÃÙé¨Ñ¡¡Ñº Windows 23
¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¡ÒÃãªéä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ¤Ø³ÁÕä´Ã¿ìẺã´áººË¹Ö觵èÍ仹ÕéµÔ´µÑé§äÇéã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ä´Ã¿ì DVD-ROM ÊÒÁÒöÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVD ä´é ä´Ã¿ì CD-RW/DVD-ROM Combo ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVD áÅÐà¢Õ¹á¼è¹ CD ä´é ä´Ã¿ì DVD Dual ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVD áÅÐà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧá¼è¹ CD/DVD ãªéä´é¡Ñº DVD-R áÅÐ DVD-RW ੾ÒÐÊÓËÃѺ¿ÍÃìáÁµ¡Òúѹ·Ö¡¢Í§ DVD ä´Ã¿ì DVD Super Multi Drive ÍèÒ¹á¼è¹ CD/DVDs áÅÐà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧá¼è¹ CD/DVDs »ÃÐàÀ·¢Í§ DVD ·Õèãªéä´éÁÕ DVD ± R, DVD ± RW áÅÐ DVD-RAM ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì³àÊÃÔÁ â»Ã´ÍèҹᤵµÒÅçÍ
¡ÒùÓá¼è¹«Õ´ÕÍÍ¡ 1. ËÂØ´¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà¾×èÍãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒÊÑ−−Ò³ä¿ LED áÊ´§¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁËÂØ´¡ÃоÃÔº 2. ¡´»ØèÁ¹Óá¼è¹ÍÍ¡·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇҢͧä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 3. àÁ×èͶҴÇÒ§«Õ´ÕàÅ×è͹ÍÍ¡ ãËé¹Óá¼è¹«Õ´ÕÍÍ¡¨Ò¡¶Ò´¹Ñé¹ 4.
¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅè¹à¾Å§áÅÐä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍä´é¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìËÃ×ͨҡÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ¡ÒÃà»Ô´â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Accessories > Entertainment > Windows Media Player à¾ÅÂìÅÔÊµì ¤Ø³ÊÁºÑµÔ ¾×é¹·Õè¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ Windows Media Player tour ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅà¾ÔèÁàµÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player ãËéÃѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Help > Help Item ¡ÒÃàÅè¹á¼è¹ÇÔ´ÕâÍ«Õ´Õ ËÒ¡äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃѹá¼è¹ÇÔ´ÕâÍ«Õ´
¡ÒÃà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅÅ§ã¹«Õ´Õ (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡) ËÒ¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕä´Ãì¿ CD-RW ·Õè ¤Ø³¨ÐÊÒÁÒö¤Ñ´ÅÍ¡¢éÍÁÙÅä»Âѧá¼è¹«Õ´Õà»ÅèÒËÃ×ÍÊÃéÒ§á¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä´é â´Ââ»Ãá¡ÃÁÍ×è¹æ ÊÓËÃѺãªé㹡ÒÃà¢Õ¹á¼è¹«Õ´ÕÁÕÁÒãËé㹫մÕÍ×è¹æ ¤Ø³¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧã¹á¼è¹«Õ´Õ·ÕèÁÕ¢éÍÁÙźѹ·Ö¡ÍÂÙèáÅéÇ 1. ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õà»ÅèÒŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 2. ã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ [CD Drive] ãËéàÅ×Í¡ Open Writable CD Folder áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì¢Í§ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ¢Öé¹ 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer 4.
ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅà¾ÔèÁàµÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃà¢Õ¹á¼è¹«Õ´Õ ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Help and Support ¾ÔÁ¾ì ÒCD copyÓ Å§ã¹¿ÔÅ´ì¤é¹ËÒ áÅéǤÅÔ¡äͤ͹ Search ( ) ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅà¾ÔèÁàµÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ Ãѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Windows Media Player áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Help > Help Item ¤ÅÔ¡ Using Windows Media Player > Using CDs > Creating your own CDs > à¾×èÍÊÃéÒ§«Õ´Õ¢Í§¤Ø³ 28 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
à¾ÅÔ¹¡ÑºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàµÍÃì (S/PDIF Port) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³Ê¹ÑºÊ¹Ø¹àÍÒµì¾Øµáºº 5.1 ᪹à¹Å «Öè§à»ç¹¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¾×é¹°Ò¹¢Í§ÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàµÍÃì áÅÐä´Ã¿ì DVD â´ÂãËé¤Ø³ÀÒ¾àÊÕ§Ẻ 3D áÅÐ˹éҨͷÕè¤ÁªÑ´ ÍÐää×ÍÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàµÍÃì? ÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàµÍÃì ÁÑ¡¨Ð»ÃСͺ´éÇÂâ·Ã·Ñȹì, DVD, ÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.1 ᪹à¹ÅáÅÐáÍÁ»ì´Ô¨ÔµÍÅáÅÐ˹éÒ¨Í ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ÊÙ§ (MPEG2) áÅÐÃкºàÊÕ§à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ìẺ 3D (Dolby 5.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. àª×èÍÁµèÍÃкºÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.1 ᪹à¹Åà¢éҡѺà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ 1. µèÍá¨ç¤ S/PDIF ¢Í§ÃкºáÅÐáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃìẺ 5.1 ᪹à¹Å 2. µèÍÅÓ⾧à¢éҡѺáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃì (·ÓµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹤ÙèÁ×ͧ͢ÅÓ⾧ 3. ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´Ù¼èÒ¹â·Ã·Ñȹì ãËéàª×èÍÁµèÍâ·Ã·ÑȹìáÅéÇà»ÅÕè¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹ãËéà»ç¹â·Ã·Ñȹìã¹ Display Properties ´Ù·Õè˹éÒ 6-8 ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍâ·Ã·Ñȹì.) â·Ã·ÑÈ¹ì «ÑºÇÙ¿à¿ÍÃì ´Ô¨ÔµÍÅáÍÁ»ì»ÅÔ¿ÒÂàÍÍÃì ÅÓ⾧˹éÒ¢ÇÒ ÅÓ⾧˹éÒ«éÒ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ÅÓ⾧¡ÅÒ§ ÅÓ⾧à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ì«éÒ ÅÓ⾧à«ÍÃìÃÒǹ´ì¢ÇÒ ¢Ñé¹·Õè 2.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 3. à»Ô´àÍÒµì¾Øµ S/PDIF ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ DVD ¡ÒÃãªéÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.1 ᪹à¹Å ¤Ø³µéͧµÔ´µÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Power DVD ¨Ò¡á¼è¹«Õ´ÕµÔ´µÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁàÅè¹ DVD ·ÕèãËéÁÒ ¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹ãËéà»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èҴѧ¹Õé 1. Ãѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Power DVD áÅéǤÅÔ¡äͤ͹ Settings ( ) 2. ã¹á·çº Audio ãËé¡Ó˹´¤èÒ Audio Output à»ç¹ "Use SPDIF" áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¾ÅÔ´à¾ÅÔ¹¡ÑºÃкºâÎÁà¸ÕÂàµÍÃìâ´ÂÃѺªÁ DVD ä´éáÅéÇ ¡ÒäǺ¤ØÁÃдѺ¤ÇÒÁ´Ñ§¢Í§àÊÕ§ã¹ÅÓ⾧Ẻ 5.
¡ÒÃãªéÊÅç͵àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé Memory Stick (ËÃ×Í Memory Stick Pro) áÅÐ SD (Secure Digital) card ä´éâ´ÂãªéÊÅç͵àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé Memory Stick áÅÐ SD card à»ç¹´ÔÊ¡ìẺ¶Í´ä´éà¾×èÍãªé¶èÒÂâ͹¢éÍÁÙÅÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³áÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ì´Ô¨ÔµÍÅ àªè¹ ¡Åéͧ´Ô¨ÔµÍÅ Memory Stick Memory Stick SD (Secure Digital) Memory Card ¢éͨӡѴàÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé Memory Sticks / SD Cards ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé Memory Stick, SD Memory Card áÅÐ Memory Stick Pro à¾×èͨѴà¡çº¢éÍÁÙÅä´éà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ â´ÂäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹»éͧ¡Ñ¹ÅÔ¢ÊÔ·¸Ôì ¡ÒÃ
1. ãÊèàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´Å§ã¹ÊÅç͵àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´·ÕèÊÍ´à¢éÒ仢Öé¹ Memory Stick SD Card 3. ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ä´é 㹡óշÕèàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´¹Ñé¹ÂѧäÁèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµ ãËé·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµ ¡è͹¹ÓÁÒãªé§Ò¹ à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒÃËÅØ´Ãèǧä´é§èÒ¢³Ð·Õèà¤Å×è͹ÂéÒÂà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹ãËéà¡çºàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ á¡äÇéµèÒ§ËÒ¡ ¡ÒùÓá¼è¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ÍÍ¡ 1. ¡´»ÅÒ¢ͧàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´àºÒæ à¾×èÍãËé´Õ´µÑÇÍÍ¡ÁÒ 2.
¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµá¼è¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ä´éËÅѧ¨Ò¡·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµáÅéÇà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ â´Â¢Ñ鹵͹㹡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´Áմѧ¹Õé à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµ¨Ðź¢éÍÁÙÅ·Ñé§ËÁ´ã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ¤Ø³¨Ö§¤ÇõÃǨÊͺãËéá¹èã¨àÊÕ¡è͹ÇèÒäÁèÁÕ¢éÍÁÙÅ ÊÓ¤Ñ−ã´æ ËŧàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè㹡ÒÃì´¡è͹·Õè¨Ð·Ó¡ÒÿÍÃìáÁµ ¡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢éÍÁÙÅã¹àÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ ãËéàÅ×è͹ᶺ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¢éÍÁÙŢͧ Memory Stick ËÃ×Í SD memory card ä»ÂѧµÓá˹è§Åçͤ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > My Computer 2. ¡´»ØèÁ¢ÇҢͧ·Ñªá¾´àÁ×èÍàÅ×Í¡·Õèä´Ã¿ìàÁâÁÃÕè¡ÒÃì´ áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Format ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù»çÍ»ÍÑ» 3.
¡ÒÃãªéÊÅç͵ PCMCIA ÊÒÁÒöà¾ÔèÁ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µèÒ§æ ä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃãÊèá¼è¹ PCMCIA ŧã¹à¤Ã×èͧ à¤Ã×èͧ¹ÕéÊÒÁÒöãªé¡ÒÃì´ 16/32 ºÔµ, PCMCIA Ẻ type I ËÃ×Í II ä´é ÊÅç͵¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃͧÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ ZV ËÃ×Í PCMCIA III ä´é ¡ÒÃãÊè¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ¡è͹ãªéÊÅç͵ PCMCIA ãËé»Å´ÍØ»¡Ã³ì»éͧ¡Ñ¹ÊÅç͵ÍÍ¡¡è͹ ´Ñ¹»ØèÁ»Å´¢Í§ÊÅç͵¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ˹Ö觤ÃÑé§à¾×èÍãËé»ØèÁ´Õ´µÑÇÍÍ¡ ¡´»ØèÁÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§à¾×è͹ÓÍØ»¡Ã³ì»éͧ¡Ñ¹ÊÅç͵ÍÍ¡ 1.
¡ÒùӡÒÃì´ PCMCIA ÍÍ¡ 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Safely Removes Hardware ( ) º¹·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì 2. ·Õèä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Safely Remove Hardware] ãËéàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ·ÕèàËÁÒÐÊÁáÅéǤÅÔ¡ Stop 3. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Stop a Hardware Device] ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ OK 4. ¤ÅÔ¡ Close à¾×èͻԴä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì [Safely Remove Hardware] 5. ´Ñ¹»ØèÁ¹Ó¡ÒÃì´ÍÍ¡¢Í§ÊÅç͵¡ÒÃì´ PCMCIA ˹Ö觤ÃÑé§ »ØèÁ¨Ð´Õ´µÑÇÍÍ¡ 6.
¡ÒÃãªé EasyBox ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ EasyBox à¾×èÍãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Windows ä´é§èÒÂáÅÐÊдǡ àÃÕ¹ÃÙéà¡ÕèÂǡѺ EasyBox ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ EasyBox ( ) º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í» (ËÃ×ÍàÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox) • System: ÁդسÊÁºÑµÔ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃÃкºãËéàÅ×Í¡ãªé ÃÇÁ·Ñ駡Òà defrag ´ÔÊ¡ì, ¡ÒÃźä¿Åì/â¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèäÁèä´éãªé, ¡ÒáÓ˹´ µÒÃÒ§¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅСÒáÙéÃкº • BIOS: ã¹âËÁ´ windows ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡ãªé¤èÒµÑ駵鹢ͧ BIOS áÅÐà»ÅÕè¹ÅӴѺ¡Òúٵ • Desktop: ¤Ø³ÊÁºÑµÔ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃà´Ê¡ì·Í»»ÃСͺ´éÇ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ
¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§ä¿ÃìÇÍÅÅì Windows Firewall ·Ó˹éÒ·Õè»éͧ¡Ñ¹¼Ùéãªé·ÕèäÁèä´éÃѺ͹Ø−Òµ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹Ãкº¢Í§¤Ø³¼èÒ¹·Ò§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ËÃ×ÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > EasyBox > EasyBox 2. ¤ÅÔ¡Security ¨Ò¡àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì´éÒ¹º¹ 3. àÅ×Í¡ Windows Firewall Settings ¨Ò¡àÁ¹Ù Security ·Ò§´éÒ¹«éÒ 4. àÅ×Í¡ÃдѺä¿ÃìÇÍÅÅì 5.
¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Smart Screen ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Samsung Smart Screen à¾×èͨѴàÃÕ§äͤ͹µèÒ§æ º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í»µÒÁµéͧ¡Òà ÃÇÁ·Ñ駨Ѵ¡ÒÃä´é´Õ¢Öé¹´éÇ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Smart Screen àÁ×èͤسàÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Samsung Smart Screen à»ç¹¤ÃÑé§áá ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ìÊͺ¶ÒÁÇèҤسµéͧ¡ÒÃãËéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹·Ø¡¤ÃÑé§àÁ×èÍàÃÔèÁÃкºËÃ×ÍäÁè ËÒ¡¤Ø³àÅ×Í¡ OK â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¨Ð¶Ù¡à»Ô´¢Öé¹â´ÂÍѵâ¹ÁѵԷء¤ÃÑ駷Õè¤Ø³à»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 2.
¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Theme Samsung Theme ¤×Íâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ·ÕèªèÇÂãËé¼ÙéãªéÊÒÁÒöÊÅѺ¸ÕÁµèÒ§æ ä´éÍÂèÒ§ÃÇ´àÃçÇ (à´Ê¡ì·Í», ˹éÒ¨ÍÅçÍ¡Í͹áÅЫÒǹ´ìàÍ¿à¿ç¤µì) ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Samsung Theme ( ) º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í» (ËÃ×ÍàÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > Samsung Theme > Samsung Theme) »ØèÁ»Ô´ »ØèÁÇÔ¸Õãªé àÅ×è͹àÁÒÊì¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»ÇÒ§äÇéà˹×ÍÃÒ¡Òà Samsung Theme ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯ Samsung Theme ¢Öé¹´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§ • Samsung Theme: ÊÅѺä»Âѧ Samsung Theme (à´Ê¡ì·Í», ˹éÒ¨ÍÅçÍ¡Í͹áÅЫÒǹ´ìàÍ¿à¿ç¤µìµÍ¹ºÙµà¤Ã×èͧ) • Windows XP Theme: ÊÅѺä»Âѧ¸ÕÁ´Õ¿ÍÅ
¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Update Plus Samsung Update Plus ¤×Í«Í¿µìáÇÃì·ÕèãªéµÃǨÊͺáÅÐÍѻവ«Í¿µìáÇÃìáÅÐä´ÃàÇÍÃìµèÒ§æ ¢Í§ Samsung ·ÕèµÔ´µÑé§äÇéã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì Samsung ¢Í§¤Ø³ãËéà»ç¹àÇÍÃìªÑ¹ÅèÒÊØ´ ¡ÒÃãªé Samsung Update Plus ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³µéͧàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ¡ÒÃÍѻവ«Í¿µìáÇÃìáÅÐä´ÃàÇÍÃì¢Í§ Samsung 1.
¡ÒÃáÊ´§ÃÒ¡ÒÃÍѻവÍѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ â´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿ÍÅµì ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ãËé¤é¹ËÒ¡ÒÃÍѻവâ´ÂÍѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃÍѻവ ãËÁèæ ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃá¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºÀÒÂã¹¾×é¹·Õèá¨é§àµ×͹ ¤ÅÔ¡ºÍÅÅÙ¹¢Í§äͤ͹ÇÔ¸Õãªéã¹¾×é¹·Õèá¨é§àµ×͹ «Ö觤س¨Ð ÊÒÁÒö¾ºàÇÍÃìªÑ¹ÅèÒÊØ´¢Í§¡ÒÃÍѻവä´é ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ蹡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÍѻവÍѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ Configuration ã¹ÃÙ»·Õè 2 áÅÐà»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èÒ Samsung Update Plus äÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃÍѻവµèÒ§æ ÊÓËÃѺ«Í¿µìáÇÃìáÅÐä´ÃàÇÍÃìÍ×è¹æ ·ÕèµÔ´µÑé§à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ 42 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé
¡ÒÃãªé AVStation premium AVStation premium ÁÕã¹à¤Ã×èͧºÒ§ÃØè¹ AVStation premium ¤×Íâ»Ãá¡ÃÁÁÑŵÔÁÕà´Õ·ÕèªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡ªÁÇÔ´ÕâÍ (ÀÒ¾, ÇÔ´ÕâÍáÅÐÀҾ¹µÃì) áÅпѧà¾Å§ä´é àÅ×Í¡ Start > All Programs > Samsung > AVStation premium > AVStation premium (ËÃ×ÍãËé´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ AVStation premium ( ) º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í»ËÃ×Íã¹¾×é¹·Õèá¨é§àµ×͹) ¡ÒÃãªé AVStation Premium âËÁ´µèÒ§æ ¢Í§ AVStation Premium ˹éÒ¨Í Standard mode ˹éÒ¨Í Play Mode • Standard Mode : ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹·Ñé§ËÁ´¢Í§ AVStation premium ä´é • Play
¡ÒèѴàÃÕ§˹éÒ¨ÍáÅÐàÁ¹Ù¢Í§ AVStation Premium àÁ¹ÙºÒÃì ᶺ Menu Selection ÇÔ¹â´Çì Category ÇÔ¹â´Çì Library â»Ãá¡ÃÁ AVStation Premium ã¹ Standard mode »ÃСͺ´éÇÂàÁ¹Ù 4 àÁ¹ÙµèÍ仹Õé • MUSIC : ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéàÁ¹Ù¹Õé ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅè¹ä¿Åì´¹µÃÕËÃ×Íá¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ ¤Ñ´ÅÍ¡ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ÃÇÁ·Ñé§àºÔÃì¹á¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä´é • PHOTO : ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéàÁ¹Ù¹Õé ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡´ÙËÃ×Íá¡éä¢ÃÙ» (ÀÒ¾) àÃÕ¡´ÙÃٻẺÊäÅ´ìâªÇì ÊÃéÒ§ÍÑźÑéÁáÅÐàºÔÃì¹ ÍÑźÑéÁŧá¼è¹«Õ´Õä´é • MOVIE : ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéàÁ¹Ù¹Õé ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅè¹ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ (ÀҾ¹µÃì) Ë
¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àÁ¹ÙµèÒ§æ ¢Í§ AVStation Premium ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù ãËéàÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù·Õèµéͧ¡Òèҡ ᶺ Menu Selection MUSIC Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿Åì´¹µÃÕËÃ×Íá¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ ¤Ñ´ÅÍ¡ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìÃÇÁ·Ñé§àºÔÃì¹á¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ àÅ×Í¡ MUSIC ¨Ò¡á¶º Menu Selection ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿Åìà¾Å§ àÁ¹Ù MUSIC Music Category »ØèÁ¤Çº¤ØÁ Media Play »ØèÁ Repeat á·Ãç¤ ·Ø¡á·Ãç¤ ÊØèÁ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Library Add Music 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ Music 㹠ᶺ category ´éÒ¹«éÒÂáÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡ ·Õè All musics 2.
ÇÔ¹â´Çì Audio CD ¡ÒäѴÅÍ¡ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õä»Âѧà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 1. ãÊèá¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ 2. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì Audio CD ¢Öé¹ ãËéàÅ×Í¡ using Samsung AVStation premium áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK 3. àÅ×Í¡á·Ã礷Õèµéͧ¡ÒäѴÅÍ¡ä»ÂѧäźÃÒÃÕáÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Tools > Copy from CD - ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ËÅÒÂæ á·Ãç¤ ãËéàÅ×Í¡á·Ã礵èÒ§æ ¢³Ð·Õè¡´»ØèÁ Shift ËÃ×Í Ctrl º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì àÅ×Í¡ Copy from CD àÅ×Í¡á·Ã礵èÒ§æ ·Õèµéͧ¡ÒäѴÅÍ¡ 4.
¡ÒÃàºÔÃì¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ 1. ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õà»ÅèÒŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì CD Drive ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Cancel 2. àÅ×Í¡ Tools > Burn CD àÅ×Í¡ Burn CD 3. àÅ×Í¡ Burn Audio CD áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 4. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè Music ·Õè ª×èÍ´éÒ¹«éÒ áÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All musics 5. àÅ×Í¡ ä¿Åìà¾Å§µèÒ§æ ¨Ò¡ÅÔʵìáÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ Add files from my PC to the CD burning list ( ) à¾×èÍÂéÒÂä¿ÅìµèÒ§æ ·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ä»ÂѧÇÔ¹â´Çì Burn Audio CD ·Ò§´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ àÁ×èͤسä´éà¾ÔèÁä¿Åìà¾Å§·Ñé§ËÁ´áÅéÇ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡Next 6.
PHOTO Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´ÙÃÙ» (ÀÒ¾) ¡ÒôÙÃÙ»´éÇÂÊäÅ´ìâªÇì ¡ÒÃá¡éä¢ÀÒ¾ ¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§ÍÑźÑéÁ áÅСÒÃàºÔÃì¹ÍÑźÑéÁŧ«Õ´Õ ¤ÅÔ¡ on PHOTO ã¹á¶º Menu Selection ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´ÙáÅÐá¡éä¢ÃÙ» 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè Image ã¹ Êèǹ category ´éÒ¹«éÒ áÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All Images 2.
¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§ÍÑźÑéÁ 1. àÅ×Í¡á·çº Create Album 2. àÅ×Í¡ ÃٻẺ¢Í§ album cover áÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õè Apply à¾×èÍãªéÊäµÅì·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ãËéà»ç¹ album cover 3. »é͹ ª×èÍáÅÐà¹×éÍËҢͧÍÑźÑéÁ à¾ÔèÁÀÒ¾áÅéǤÅÔ¡ (àÅ×è͹ä»Âѧ˹éҶѴä») - ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁÀÒ¾ ãËéÅÒ¡áÅéÇÇÒ§ä¿Åì¨Ò¡ Category ä»Âѧ Image box á·çº Create Album »é͹ª×èÍáÅÐà¹×éÍËҢͧÍÑźÑéÁ ÅÒ¡áÅÐÇÒ§ä¿ÅìÀÒ¾ ä»Âѧ Image Box »ØèÁ Slide Show »ØèÁ Move to next page »ØèÁ Save 4.
MOVIE Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿ÅìÀҾ¹µÃìËÃ×Íá¼è¹ DVD/VCD ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè MOVIE ã¹á¶º Menu Selection ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ÀҾ¹µÃì 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè Movie ã¹¾×é¹·Õè´éÒ¹«éÒÂáÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All movies 2.
Movie Editor (µÑ´µèÍÀҾ¹µì) Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧¡ÒõѴµèÍÀҾ¹µÃì ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè MOVIE EDITOR ã¹á¶º Menu Selection ¡ÒõѴµèÍÀҾ¹µÃì ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒõѴµèÍä¿ÅìÀҾ¹µÃìÊͧä¿ÅìáÅÐÊÓËÃѺà¾ÔèÁàͿ࿤µì㹡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÀÒ¾ÃÐËÇèÒ§ÀҾ¹µÃì´Ñ§¡ÅèÒÇ ÁÕ¤Ó͸ԺÒ´ѧµèÍ仹Õé 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè MOVIE EDITOR â»ÃਤµìãËÁè¨Ð¶Ù¡à»Ô´¢Öé¹ 2. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè Movie ã¹¾×é¹·Õè´éÒ¹«éÒÂáÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè All movies 3.
• àͿ࿤µì˹éÒ¨Í (Screen Effect) : àÅ×Í¡àͿ࿤µì¨Ò¡á·çº Effect áÅéÇÅÒ¡áÅÐÇÒ§àͿ࿤µì·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃä»ÂѧÀҾ¹µìã¹ Storyboard à¾×èÍãªéàͿ࿤µì¹Ñé¹ • ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÀÒ¾ (Transition) : àÅ×Í¡ Transition effect ¨Ò¡á·çº Transition áÅéÇÅÒ¡áÅÐÇÒ§àͿ࿤µì·Õèµéͧ¡Òà ä»ÂѧÀҾ¹µìã¹ Storyboard à¾×èÍãªéàͿ࿤µì㹡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÀÒ¾¹Ñé¹ á·çº Transition àÅ×Í¡ Transition Effect áÅéÇÅÒ¡ä»Çҧ㹠µÓá˹觷Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁàͿ࿤µì µÓá˹觢ͧ Transition Effect • ´¹µÃÕáºç¤¡ÃÒǹ´ì : ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Music áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ä¿Åì à¾Å§à¾×èÍãªéà»ç¹áºç¤¡ÃÒǹ´ìä»ÂÑ
¡ÒÃãªé Play Mode Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃãªéâËÁ´¡ÒÃàÅè¹ (Play Mode) ¢Í§ AVStation Premium ¡ÒÃãªé Play Mode ãËéàÅ×Í¡ Mode > Play Mode ã¹á¶ºàÁ¹Ù Standard Mode ÃٻẺ˹éÒ¨Í Play Mode ˹éÒ¨Íáá¢Í§ Play Mode ¢Í§ AVStation premium à»ç¹´Ñ§¹Õé ᶺàÅ×è͹ (Move Bar) ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàÅ×è͹àÁÒÊì ¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×ͺÃÔàdz¹Õé ÍÍ¡¨Ò¡â»Ãá¡ÃÁ (Exit Program) ÂèÍ˹éÒ¨Í (Minimize Screen ) ¡ÅѺä»Âѧ˹éÒ¨Íáá ¢Í§ Play Mode ÊÅѺä»ÂѧâËÁ´Áҵðҹ (Standard Mode) àÁ¹Ù MUSIC ͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿Åìà¾Å§ËÃ×ÍÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ ´Ñºà
¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿Åìà¾Å§ 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡¡ÅØèÁ¨Ò¡ÇÔ¹â´Çì´éÒ¹«éÒ 2. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ä¿Åìà¾Å§ã¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìäźÃÒÃÕ´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ à¾Å§¨Ð¶Ù¡àÅè¹ ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ 1. ãÊèá¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ¨ÐàÃÔèÁàÅè¹ã¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìäźÃÒÃÕ ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ãËé´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè«Õ´Õ㹡ÅØèÁ 2. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ Audio CD ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì library á·Ã礵èÒ§æ ¢Í§«Õ´Õ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ 3.
MOVIE (¡ÒÃàÅè¹ÀҾ¹µÃì) ͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿ÅìÀҾ¹µÃì ËÃ×Íá¼è¹ DVD/VCD 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡ MOVOE ã¹Ë¹éÒ¨Íáá¢Í§ Play Mode 2. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè All movies ã¹ ¾×é¹·Õè¡ÅØèÁ´éÒ¹«éÒÂáÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèä¿ÅìÀҾ¹µÃì·Ò§¢ÇÒ ÀҾ¹µÃì¨Ð¶Ù¡àÅè¹ ÇÔ¹â´Çì Category ÇÔ¹â´Çì Library ⊕ MUSIC ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¿Ñ§ä¿Åìà¾Å§ã¹ My Playlist ËÃ×Í All musics ä´é¢³Ð·Õè·Ó§Ò¹ ¡ÒÃàÅè¹á¼è¹ DVD 1. ãÊèá¼è¹ DVD ŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì DVD 2.
¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now AVStation now ÁÕ੾ÒÐã¹à¤Ã×èͧºÒ§ÃØè¹ AVStation now ¤×Íâ»Ãá¡ÃÁÁÑŵÔÁÕà´Õ·ÕèªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡ªÁÇÔ´ÕâÍ (ÀÒ¾, ÇÔ´ÕâÍáÅÐÀҾ¹µÃì) áÅпѧà¾Å§ä´é ¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡ãªé AVStation now áÅФسÊÁºÑµÔµèÒ§æ ¢Í§ AVStation ÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂäÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé ¢Ñ鹵͹¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now ¨Ð¤ÅéÒ¡Ѻ Play Mode ¢Í§ AVStation premium AVStation now ʹѺʹع੾Òпѧ¡ìªÑ¹àÅè¹áÅÐÃѺªÁà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàµÍÃìä¿ÅìµèÒ§æ ä»ÂѧäźÃÒÃÕ ãËéãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ registration ¢Í§ AVStation premium ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ãªé AVStati
¡ÒÃÍÍ¡¨Ò¡ AVStation now 1. ¡´»ØèÁ à¾×èÍÍÍ¡¨Ò¡Ë¹éÒ¨Íáá¢Í§ AVStation now 2. ¡´»ØèÁ ã¹Ë¹éÒ¨Íáá ËÃ×ÍàÅ×Í¡ â´Âãªé»ØèÁ·ÔÈ·Ò§·Õèá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìáÅéÇ¡´ 3.
¡ÒÃãªé AVStation now ÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒ¶֧¢Ñ鹵͹㹡ÒÃãªé AVStation now äÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ (Move) ãËéàÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Run ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé AVStation now ä´éâ´Âãªé੾ÒÐá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì • ¡ÒÃÂéÒÂàÁ¹ÙËÃ×ÍÃÒ¡Òà àÅ×è͹àÁ¹ÙËÃ×ÍÃÒ¡ÒÃâ´Âãªé»ØèÁ ·ÔÈ·Ò§ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì • ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ËÃ×ÍÃѹ àÁ¹ÙËÃ×ÍÃÒ¡Òà àÅ×è͹ä»ÂѧàÁ¹ÙËÃ×ÍÃÒ¡ÒÃáÅéÇ¡´»ØèÁ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì • ¡ÒÃÂé͹¡ÅѺä»Âѧ˹éҨ͡è͹˹éÒ ¡´»ØèÁ ËÃ×Í º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì MUSIC ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿Åìà¾Å§ËÃ×ÍÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´ÕÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂäÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé 1.
¡ÒÃàÅè¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õ 1. ãÊèá¼è¹ÍÍ´ÔâÍ«Õ´Õŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ CD ¨Ò¡¾×é¹·Õè Category 2. ã¹¾×é¹·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇÒ ãËéàÅ×è͹ä»Âѧá·Ã礷Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃàÅè¹ áÅéÇ¡´»ØèÁ PHOTO ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÒ§æ à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´ÙÃÙ» (ÀÒ¾) áÅÐÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´ÙÃÙ»µèÒ§æ â´ÂãªéÊäÅ´ìâªÇì (Slide Show) ÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒ äÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù PHOTO áÅéÇàÅ×è͹价Õè¡ÅØèÁ All Photo 2.
MOVIE ¢Ñ鹵͹¢Í§¡ÒÃàÅè¹ä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ (ÀҾ¹µÃì) ËÃ×Íá¼è¹ DVD/VCD ÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂäÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù MOVIE áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÅØèÁ µÑÇÍÂèÒ§àªè¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ All Moviesä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁàÅ×Í¡·ÔÈ·Ò§ 2.
¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó • ¡ÒÃãªéäźÃÒÃÕ (ä¿Åì) AVStation Now ÊÒÁÒöãªéäźÃÒÃբͧ AVStation Premium ä´é ¡ÒÃãªéäźÃÒÃÕã¹ AVStation Now ãËéÃÕ¨ÔÊàµÍÃìäźÃÒÃÕã¹ AVStation Premium (â»Ã´´Ù ”¡ÒÃÃÕ¨ÔÊàµÍÃìä¿Åì” ·Õè˹éÒ 52) • ¡ÅØèÁ HDD ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅè¹ä¿Åì·ÕèÂѧäÁèä´éÃÕ¨ÔÊàµÍÃìã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì㹡ÅØèÁ HDD ¢Í§áµèÅÐàÁ¹Ù á¨é§ãËé·ÃÒº • ËéÒÁźâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Recovery Solution ¡ÒÃź Recovery Solution Program ¨Ðź AVStation Now ´éÇ àÁ×èÍâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ¹Õé¶Ù¡Åº ¤Ø³¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ä´éÍÕ¡ ´Ñ§¹Ñ鹨֧ËéÒÁźâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ¹Õéà»ç¹Íѹ¢Ò´ • ¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªéà¾ÅÂìÅÔʵì·Õèà¾Ô
¡ÒÃãªé¤Ø³ÊÁºÑµÔ Smart Parking (੾ÒÐÃØè¹) â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Smart Parking ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö»¡»éͧÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì¨Ò¡áç¡ÃÐá·¡ àÁ×èÍãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃ좳зÕèà´Ô¹·Ò§ ËÃ×ÍÍÂÙè¹Í¡ÍÒ¤Òà ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹¹Õéà»ç¹µÑÇàÅ×Í¡¨Ò¡âç§Ò¹ áÅÐÃͧÃѺÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìºÒ§ª¹Ô´à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ â»Ã´´Ù¢éÍÁÙÅà¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ à¡ÕèÂǡѺÃØ蹢ͧÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì·ÕèÃͧÃѺä´é·Õè¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐâ´ÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ áÁéÇèҤسÊÁºÑµÔ Smart Parking ¨ÐªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö»¡»éͧÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì¨Ò¡áç¡ÃÐá·¡ÀÒ¹͡ áµè¡çäÁèÍÒ¨»éͧ¡Ñ¹ áç¡ÃÐá·¡ä´é·Ñé§ËÁ´ â»Ã´ÊÓÃͧ¢éÍÁÙÅ·ÕèÊÓ¤Ñ−äÇéàÊÁÍ àÁ×èÍà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì â»Ãá¡ÃÁ
• âËÁ´»¡µÔ (Normal): ËÂØ´ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹ÃÐÂÐàÇÅÒÊÑé¹æ àÁ×è;º¡ÒáÃÐá·¡à¾Õ§àÅ硹éÍ àÁ×èÍãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìã¹ÊÀÒÇÐ ¡Ò÷ӧҹ»¡µÔ • âËÁ´Ãкºâ´ÂÊÒÃÊÒ¸ÒóР(Public Transportation): ¨ÐËÂØ´ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹àÇÅÒÊÑé¹æ àÁ×è;º¡ÒáÃÐá·¡·ÕèÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ ã¹âËÁ´»¡µÔ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃà¤Å×è͹ÂéÒ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìâ´ÂãªéÃкºÃ¶â´ÂÊÒÃÊÒ¸ÒóР• ËÂØ´ (Stop): àÅÔ¡ãªéÃкº Smart Parking ÀÒ¾¹Õé¨Ðà»ÅÕè¹仵ÒÁ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ Smart Parking ´Ñ§¹Õé: àÁ×èÍ Smart Parking µÃǨÊͺÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì àÁ×èÍ Smart Parking ËÂØ´¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¢Í§ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì àÁ×èÍ Smart Parking ËÂØ´·Ó§Ò¹
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍâ´ÂãªéâÁà´çÁ ¡è͹àÃÔèÁ: • àµÃÕÂÁÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ì·ÕèäÁèãªéẺ´Ô¨ÔµÍÅ • µÔ´µèͼÙéãËéºÃÔ¡ÒÃÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ (ISP) à¾×èͤ͢Óá¹Ð¹Ó㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍáÅеѴ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͨҡÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ 1. µèÍÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ìà¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìµâÁà´çÁ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 2.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹Ãкº LAN 1. µèÍÊÒ LAN à¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìµ LAN ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ Network and Internet Connections ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Control Panel] 4. ¤ÅÔ¡ Network Connections ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Network and Internet Connections] 5.
6. ã¹á·çº General ãËéàÅ×Í¡ "Internet Protocol(TCP/IP)" ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ Properties 7.
¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ Samsung Network Manager ãªé Samsung Network Manager à¾×èÍ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ ã¹¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ¹Õé ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö • ºÑ¹·Ö¡¡ÒõÑ駤èÒà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ (ÃÇÁ·Ñé§ IP address) µÒÁʶҹ·Õè¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡·Õèãªé àªè¹·ÕèºéÒ¹áÅзÕèÍÍ¿¿ÔÈ àÁ×èͤسà»ÅÕè¹ʶҹ·Õè ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡µÓá˹è§à¾×èÍãËé¡ÒõÑ駤èÒà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡à»ÅÕè¹ä»â´ÂÍѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ • ¤Ø³¨Ðä´éÃѺä;ÕÍÂèÒ§§èÒ´Ò ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ 1. µèÍÊÒ LAN à¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìµ LAN ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 2.
5.
2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Change àÅ×Í¡äͤ͹ʶҹ·ÕèáÅéǤÅÔ¡ Change àªè¹) à»ÅÕè¹à»ç¹ Office 3. ã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì "Do you want to change the location setting?" ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Ok 4. àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ蹤èÒ Network Place µÒÁäͤ͹·ÕèáÊ´§à»ç¹ÊÕáÅШлÃÒ¡¯ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì¢Öé¹ ·Õè´éÒ¹¢ÇҢͧ ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¡ÒõÑ駤èÒà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ 5.
¡ÒÃáªÃì¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªé Internet Connect Share ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµä´é áÁéÇèÒ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨ÐäÁèä´é·Ó¡ÒõèÍàª×èÍÁ¡ÑºÃкºÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµâ´ÂµÃ§¡çµÒÁ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§à«ÔÃì¿àÇÍÃì «Ö觤×ͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·Õèàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÂÙè¡ÑºÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµâ´ÂµÃ§áÅзÓ˹éÒ·Õè㹡ÒÃÃѹà«ÍÃìÇÔÊ Internet Connection Share áÅÐä¤Åà͹µì «Ö觤×Íà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·Õèãªéà«ÍÃìÇÔÊ Internet Connection Share ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡à«ÔÃì¿àÇÍÃì 1.
8. µÓá˹觻Ѩ¨ØºÑ¹¨ÐáÊ´§à»ç¹à«ÔÃì¿àÇÍÃì ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡à«ÔÃì¿àÇÍÃìàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóìáÅéÇ ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ä¤Åà͹µì 1. µèÍÊÒÂà¤àºÔŢͧà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ (LAN) áÅéǴѺàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ Samsung Network Manager º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í» 2. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Click here to setup Internet Connection Share 3. ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìµèÒ§æ ¨Ð¶Ù¡áÊ´§á·¹â´Âäͤ͹ ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä¤Åà͹µì 4.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹Ãкº Wireless LAN (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡) ÊÀÒÇСÒ÷ӧҹẺà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡äÃéÊÒ (Wireless LAN) ¤×Íà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÊ×èÍÊÒö֧¡Ñ¹¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìËÅÒÂæ à¤Ã×èͧ ·ÕèºéÒ¹ËÃ×ÍÍÍ¿¿ÔÈ¢¹Ò´àÅç¡â´ÂãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ì wireless LAN ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹ wireless network ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹µèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ä´éàªè¹ ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿Åì â¿Åà´ÍÃìËÃ×Í à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Öé¹áÅéÇ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèäÁèä´éàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµÊÒÁÒöáªÃì ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍä´éâ´Âà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª
2) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì (ad hoc) ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍẺ¹ÕéàÃÕ¡ÍÕ¡ÍÂèÒ§ÇèÒà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡áºº peer-to-peer ã¹à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡äÇÃìàÅʢͧ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁµèÍà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡Òà µÔ´µÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì wireless LAN 2 à¤Ã×èͧËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒẺäÃéÊÒÂä´é ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´´Ù·Õè “¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì (peer-to-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc)” ·Õè˹éÒ 75 ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍä»Âѧ Access Point (AP) Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍä»Âѧ AP ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ä´éàÁ
2.
¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì (peer-to-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc) ã¹à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡äÇÃìàÅʢͧ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁµèÍà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡Òà µÔ´µÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ì wireless LAN 2 à¤Ã×èͧËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒẺäÃéÊÒÂä´é ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒùÕé ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèäÁèä´éàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ÊÒÁÒöáªÃì¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹¼èÒ¹¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧÍ×è¹·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ (â»Ã´´Ù ”¡ÒÃáªÃì¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ” ·Õè˹éÒ 70 ) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁµèÍä´éâ´Â¡Ò÷ӵÒÁ
2. ¤ÅÔ¡ Change the order of Preferred Networks 3. ·Õèá·çº Wireless Network ¤ÅÔ¡ Advanced 4. ¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì 'Automatically connect to non-default network' ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì¹ÕéäÇé àÅ×Í¡ 'Computerto-computer (ad hoc) networks only' áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Close 5.
6.
7. µÃǨ´ÙÇèÒª×èÍà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡·Õè¡Ó˹´ (àªè¹ samsung) ÍÂÙèã¹ÃÒ¡Òà ÕPreferred networksÕ áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ wireless network àÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóìáÅéÇ ¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻà¤Ã×èͧ·Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒáÅéÇ 1.
2. àÅ×Í¡ª×èÍ wireless network (àªè¹ samsung) ·ÕèÃкØäÇéã¹ ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»Âѧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì (peerto-peer ËÃ×Í ad hoc)” ·Õè˹éÒ 75 áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Connect. 3.
¡ÒõÃǨÊͺʶҹСÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ àÅ×è͹àÁÒÊì¾Í¹ìàµÍÃìä»äÇéà˹×Íäͤ͹ Wireless Network Connection ( ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ¢Öé¹ 80 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé ) ·Õè·ÒÊ¡ìºÒÃì
¡ÒõԴµÑé§ Wireless Network â´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµÔ´µÑé§ Wireless LAN(ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Intel 802.11BG ËÃ×Í Intel 802.11ABG) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé wireless LAN ä´éâ´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ¡Ó˹´¤èÒ wireless LAN (PROSet) ·ÕèãËéÁÒµèÒ§ËÒ¡ ËÁÒÂà赯 ¤Ó͸ԺÒ¹ÕéãªéÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Intel 802.11BG áÅÐ Intel 802.11ABG ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Atheros 802.11BG â»Ã´´Ù·Õè˹éÒ ¹.
ËÒ¡à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃäÁè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Refresh access point ¨Ð¶Ù¡áÊ´§â´Âäͤ͹ ( ) áÅÐ à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¨Ð¶Ù¡áÊ´§â´Âäͤ͹ ( äͤ͹ ( ) ¨Ð¶Ù¡áÊ´§äÇé˹éÒ access point ËÃ×Íà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¾ÃéÍÁ´éÇ¡Òà ¡Ó˹´¤èÒ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ) 3. »é͹¢éÍÁÙÅ Profile Name áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 4. ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì Search Security Settings ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯¢éͤÇÒÁ wireless network security search ¢Öé¹ ¤ÅÔ¡ Next 5.
¡ÒÃÊÃéÒ§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì (Ad Hoc) ËÃ×Í¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻ access point ·Õè«è͹äÇé (Stealth/Closed Mode) ãËé·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé ¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ·Õè«è͹¤×Í access point ·ÕèÁÕÍÂÙè áµèä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ãËéäÁèÊÒÁÒöµÃǨ¾ºä´éâ´Â¡ÒÃÊ᡹ à¾×èÍ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒþÂÒÂÒÁà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹¨Ò¡¼Ùéãªé·ÕèäÁèä´éÃѺ͹Ø−Òµ 1. ã¹â»Ãä¿Åì ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Add 2.
¡ÒõԴµÑé§ Wireless Network â´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµÔ´µÑé§ Wireless LAN (ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Atheros 802.11BG) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ â´Âãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµÑ駤èÒ LAN äÃéÊÒ (Atheros Client Utility) ·ÕèÁÕᡵèÒ§ËÒ¡ ËÁÒÂà赯 ¤Ó͸ԺÒ¹ÕéãªéÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Atheros 802.11BG ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃì´ Intel 802.11BG áÅÐ Intel 802.11ABG â»Ã´´Ù·Õè˹éÒ ¹. 81 㹡ÒÃãªé¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ â»Ã´»¯ÔºÑµÔµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé • ¢Ñ鹵͹·Õè 1. µÔ´µÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Atheros Client Utility • ¢Ñ¹é µÍ¹·Õè 2.
4. àÅ×Í¡ Security Settings ·Õè¡Ó˹´äÇéÊÓËÃѺ¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ (ËÃ×Íà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂẺà¤Ã×èͧµèÍà¤Ã×èͧ) ·Õè¨Ðàª×èÍÁµèÍã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì Security ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Settings à¾×èÍ¡Ó˹´µÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂẺÅÐàÍÕ´ÊÓËÃѺ Security Setting ËÁÒÂà赯 ¡ÒõÃǨÊͺÊÔ·¸Ôì¢Í§à¤Ã×Í¢èÒ »ÃÐàÀ·¡ÒÃà¢éÒÃËÑÊ áÅÐÃËÑʼèÒ¹¢Í§¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèͨСÓ˹´¼èÒ¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¨Ñ´¡Òâͧ¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ ÊÓËÃѺ¢éÍÁÙÅ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ â»Ã´´Ù¡ÒõÑ駤èÒ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ¢ͧ¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ ËÃ×ͶÒÁ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкºà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒ WEP Key: ¡ÒÃà¢éÒÃËÑÊ¢éÍÁÙÅ: Áҵðҹ IEEE 802.
ËÁÒÂà赯 ª×èÍà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ¤×ÍÍÐäÃ? ª×èÍà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ¤×ͪ×èÍ·ÕèÍÐá´»àµÍÃìäÃéÊÒÂãªé㹡ÒÃÃÐºØ ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ »é͹ª×èͧ͢à¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂẺà¤Ã×èͧµèÍà¤Ã×èͧ·Õè¨ÐÊÃéÒ§ (àªè¹ samsung) ËÃ×ͪ×èͧ͢¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ·Õè¨Ðàª×èÍÁµèÍ´éÇ ª×èÍà¤Ã×Í¢èÒ ÃкصÑǾÔÁ¾ì (µÑǾÔÁ¾ìãË-èáÅеÑǾÔÁ¾ìàÅç¡) ÊÓËÃѺª×èͧ͢¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ â»Ã´µÃǨÊͺ ¡ÒõÑ駤èҢͧ¨Ø´àª×èÍÁµèÍ ËÃ×ͶÒÁ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкºà¤Ã×Í¢èÒÂäÃéÊÒ 4.
¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä´éàª×èÍÁµè͡Ѻà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡áÅéÇ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéºÃÔ¡ÒõèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ä´é àªè¹ ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿Åì, â¿Åà´ÍÃìáÅÐ à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ºÃÔ¡ÒõèÒ§æ ¢Í§à¹çµàÇÔÃ졨ÐÊÒÁÒöãªéä´éâ´Â¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìµèÒ§æ ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍà¢éҡѺà¹çµàÇÔÃ졹Ñé¹â´Â¡Òà àª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹ÊÒÂËÃ×ÍẺäÃéÊÒ ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´ â»Ã´´Ù “¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹Ãкº LAN” ·Õè˹éÒ 65 áÅÐ â»Ã´´Ù·Õè “¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹Ãкº Wireless LAN (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡)” ·Õè˹éÒ 72 ¡ÒÃáªÃìä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì Êèǹ¹Õé¨Ð͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃáªÃìä¿ÅìáÅÐâ¿Åà´ÍÃìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì
¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¡ÒÃáªÃì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃáªÃìã¹ My Computer áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡Sharing and Security 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ 'IF you understand the security risks but want to share files without running the wizard, click here' ¨ÐÁռŵèÍ¡ÒáÓ˹´¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂàªè¹à´ÕÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé 'Network Setup Wizard' ˹éҨ͹Õé¨ÐäÁè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ Internet Sharing Network Wizard äÇéã¹ÊÀÒÇÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ¡Ò÷ӧҹ Ẻà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ÃÐËÇèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì 3. àÅ×Í¡ 'Just enable file sharing', áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK 4.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃãªéä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä¿ÅìËÃ×Íâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìäÇé ËÒ¡¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³à»ç¹ÊÁÒªÔ¡ ¢Í§àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»à´ÕÂǡѹ¹Ñé¹ 1. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè My Network Places ¢Í§à´Ê¡ì·Í»ã¹µÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Other Places 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ 'View workgroup computers', áÅéǤÅÔ¡àÅ×Í¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ä¿Åì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃìäÇé 㹡óշÕè¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÍÂÙèã¹àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»Í×è¹: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Other Places > Microsoft Windows Network 2. ¤ÅÔ¡ª×èÍàÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»·Õèµéͧ¡Òà 3.
¢Ñé¹·Õè 1. ¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì 1. ã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÂÙè¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Printers and Faxes 2. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·Õè¤Ø³µéͧ¡ÒÃáªÃì áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Sharing 3. àÅ×Í¡ 'Share this printer' »é͹ª×èÍÊÓËÃѺà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèáªÃì áÅéǤÅÔ¡ OK 4. ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì Printers and Faxes ¤Ø³¨Ð¾ºäͤ͹¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ìà»ÅÕè¹à»ç¹äͤ͹ẺÍ×è¹·ÕèÁÕÃÙ»Á×Í»ÃÒ¡¯ÍÂÙèá·¹ ¢Ñé¹·Õè 2. ¡ÒÃà¾ÔèÁáÅÐãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì 1.
6. àÅ×Í¡àÇÔÃì¡¡ÃØê»ËÃ×Íà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì àÅ×Í¡à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃãªé áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁ辺à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·Õèµéͧ¡Òà ãËéÅͧãËÁèËÅѧ¨Ò¡àÇé¹ÃÐÂÐÊÑ¡¤ÃÙè 7. ÍèÒ¹¤Óàµ×͹à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃáªÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Yes à¾×è͵ԴµÑé§à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃáªÃì¹Ñé¹ 8. àÅ×Í¡ Yes for 'Do you want to use this printer as a default printer?', áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 9. ¤ÅÔ¡ Finish 10.
¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ºÅٷٸ (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¶èÒÂâ͹ä¿Åìä´éÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìºÅٷٸ ãªéÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµáÅÐÊÃéÒ§ Personal Area Network ¹Í¡¨Ò¡¹Õé ¤Ø³ÂѧÊÒÁÒöãªéá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ìäÇÃìàÅÊ àÁÒÊìäÇÃìàÅÊáÅÐà¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ìẺäÇÃìàÅÊ·ÕèÁտѧ¡ìªÑ¹ºÅٷٸä´é ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹Ê×èÍÊÒÃẺºÅٷٸÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìµèÒ§æ (¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì, â·ÃÈѾ·ìà¤Å×è͹·Õè, PDAs, à¤Ã×èͧ¾ÔÁ¾ì ÏÅÏ) ·ÕèÁտѧ¡ìªÑ¹ºÅٷٸ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ºÅٷٸ·Óä´éâ´Âãªé«Í¿µìáÇÃìºÅٷٸ·ÕèÁÕã¹ Microsoft Windows XP SP2 ÇÔ¸ÕãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìºÅٷٸ ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ºÅÙ·Ù
• ¡ÒÃãªé Personal Area Network ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöáÅ¡à»ÅÕè¹ä¿ÅìÃÐËÇèÒ§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìâ´Âàª×èÍÁµèÍä»Âѧâ¿Åà´ÍÃì·ÕèáªÃìäÇé¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧÍ×è¹¼èÒ¹·Ò§ Personal Area Network ä´é ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªé Personal Area Network â»Ã´´Ùã¹ "Join a personal area network", "Provide a name for your computer on a personal area network" áÅÐ "Bluetooth personal area networking overview" ¨Ò¡ ÇÔ¸ÕãªéÍ͹äŹì¢Í§ºÅٷٸ • ¡ÒÃáªÃì¢éÍÁÙšѺ»ÒÅìÁ (Palm Hand-held PC) ËÃ×;çͤà¡çµ¾Õ«Õ (Pocket PC) ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöâ͹ä¿ÅìáÅÐÃѺä¿Åì¨Ò
¡ÒûÃѺáµè§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒÃãªé¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃкº â»Ãá¡ÃÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃкº (BIOS) ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ÎÒÃì´áÇÃì¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅÐ ¡Ó˹´¤èÒ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂáÅеÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒûÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒ·Õè¤Ø³àÅ×Í¡¨Ð¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡Å§ã¹ ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ·Õèä´éÃѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºµàµÍÃÕè ·Õè·Ó˹éÒ·ÕèºÑ¹·Ö¡¢éÍÁÙÅäÇéä´éáÁé¨Ð»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»áÅéÇ ¡çµÒÁ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ à¤Ã×èͧ¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒâ´Â¤èÒµèÒ§æ ·Õ辺ã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¹Õé Ãѹâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup ËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´é¢éͤÇÒÁá¨é§ãËéÃѹâ»Ã
àÃÔèÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃкº (System Setup) ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃкº ãËéà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅéÇ¡´»ØèÁ ¤éÒ§äÇ騹»ÃÒ¡¯Ë¹éÒ¨Í System Setup ¢Öé¹ Table 2.
¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÅӴѺ¡Òúٵ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ÅӴѺ¡Òúٵä´éÇèÒ¨ÐãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìã´¡è͹ËÅѧ àªè¹ ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì «Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ÏÅÏ µÑÇÍÂèÒ§µèÍ仹Õé͸ԺÒ¶֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒáÓ˹´ ¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ãËé¡ÑºÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìááÊÓËÃѺ¡Òúٵ â´Â·Õèà´ÔÁ¡Ó˹´ãËé«Õ´ÕÃÍÁà»ç¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáá·ÕèãªéºÙµâ´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿Íŵì 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Boot ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup 2. ¡´»ØèÁ ·ÕèÃÒ¡Òà Boot Device Priority 3. ãªé»ØèÁ < > à¾×èÍàÅ×è͹ä»ÂѧÃÒ¡Òà Hard Drive áÅéÇ¡´ ¨¹¡ÃзÑ觢Öé¹ÁÒÍÂÙè´éÒ¹º¹ 4.
¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹¢Í§ Supervisor ´éÇ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èÒÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¨Ó¡Ñ´ÊÔ·¸Ô¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹ÃкºãËéãªéä´é੾ÒмÙé·ÕèÁÕÊÔ·¸Ôà·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ËéÒÁÅ×ÁËÃ×Í·ÓÃËÑʼèÒ¹ËÒ ËÒ¡¤Ø³Å×ÁÃËÑʼèÒ¹ â»Ã´µÔ´µèÍÈÙ¹ÂìºÃÔ¡Òâͧ Samsung 1. àÅ×Í¡àÁ¹Ù Security ã¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup ¡ÒÃà¢éÒÊÙèâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ System Setup â»Ã´´Ù·Õè “àÃÔèÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÃкº (System Setup)” ·Õè˹éÒ 95 2. ã¹ÃÒ¡Òà Set Supervisor Password ãËé¡´»ØèÁ 3. »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ ¡´»ØèÁ »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§à¾×èÍÂ×¹Âѹ áÅéÇ¡´ ÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ 4.
¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ÃËÑʼèҹ㹡Òúٵ ¡è͹¡Ó˹´ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¡Òúٵ µéͧ·Ó¡ÒáÓ˹´ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкºàÊÕ¡è͹ ¡Ó˹´ãËé¤èÒµÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Password on boot à»ç¹ [Enabled] ¨Ò¡¹Õéä» ¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöºÙµà¤Ã×èͧä´éËÒ¡äÁèãÊèÃËÑʼèÒ¹·Õè¶Ù¡µéͧ ¡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡ÒÃãªéÃËÑʼèÒ¹ 1. ä»·ÕèÃËÑʼèÒ¹·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃź áÅéÇ¡´ (àªè¹ ÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ¼Ùé´ÙáÅÃкº) 2. »é͹ÃËÑʼèÒ¹à´ÔÁ·Õè¡Ó˹´äÇé áÅéÇ¡´ 3.
¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´áÅÐÃдѺÊÕ ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¤×ͨӹǹ¾Ô¡à«Å·ÕèáÊ´§º¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¡ÒÃãªé¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ÊÙ§¨Ð·ÓãËé˹éҨͷÑé§ËÁ´¡ÇéÒ§¢Öé¹ áÁéÇèÒáµèÅÐÃÒ¡ÒèдÙÁÕ¢¹Ò´àÅç¡Å§¡çµÒÁ ¤Ø³ÀÒ¾¢Í§ÊÕ ¡Ó˹´â´Â¨Ó¹Ç¹ºÔµ·Õèãªéà¾×èÍáÊ´§áµèÅоԡà«Åº¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í ¤Ø³ÀÒ¾ÊÕ·ÕèÊÙ§¢Ö鹨ÐáÊ´§¨Ó¹Ç¹ÊÕä´éÁÒ¡¢Ö鹺¹Ë¹éÒ¨Í 1. àÅ×Í¡ Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes > Change the screen resolution 2.
3. ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¡Ó˹´¤èÒµèÒ§æ áÅéÇ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Apply ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ XGA á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§¨ÍãËéà»ç¹ 1024x768 áÅФسÀÒ¾ÊÕà»ç¹ Highest (32 bit) ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ SXGA+ á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§¨ÍãËéà»ç¹ 1400x1050 áÅФسÀÒ¾ÊÕà»ç¹ Highest (32 bit) ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ UXGA á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§¨ÍãËéà»ç¹ 1600x1200 áÅФسÀÒ¾ÊÕà»ç¹ Highest (32 bit) ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ WXGA ¤ÇÒÁ¡ÇéÒ§ 15.4” á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§¨ÍãËéà»ç¹ 1280x800 áÅФسÀÒ¾ÊÕà»ç¹ Highest (32 bit) ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹ WSXGA+ ¤ÇÒÁ¡ÇéÒ§ 15.
¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ (ÃØè¹·ÕèãªéªÔ»à«çµ ATI (¹.
4. àÅ×Í¡ YPbPr On/Off YPbPr On/Off YPbPr 5. ¤ÅÔ¡ Apply 6. ¤ÅÔ¡ YPbPr 7. àÅ×Í¡»ÃÐàÀ· TV ·ÕèàËÁÒÐÊÁã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì YPbPr Properties áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Apply 2.
¡ÒÃãªé Dual View à¾×èÍ´Ù¨ÍÀҾẺ¢ÂÒ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¢ÂÒÂ˹éÒ¨Íà»ç¹Êͧ˹éÒ¨Íä´éáÅзӧҹä´éÊдǡà¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃÁÕ¾×é¹·Õè·Ó§Ò¹·Õèᡨҡ¡Ñ¹ ã¹âËÁ´ Dual View ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨ÍáÅФسÀÒ¾¢Í§ÊÕÊÓËÃѺáµèÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å àÊÁ×͹¡ÑºÁÕ¡ÒÃì´áÊ´§¼ÅÊͧ¡ÒÃì´ 1. µèÍÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ (àªè¹ ¨ÍáÊ´§¼ÅËÃ×Íâ»ÃਡàµÍÃì) à¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃ쵢ͧà¤Ã×èͧ 㹡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍâ·Ã·Ñȹì ãËéµèÍà¢éҡѺ¾ÍÃìµ TV output ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ(”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍâ·Ã·ÑÈ¹ì” (¹. 101)) 2. ¡´»ØèÁ¢ÇҢͧ·Ñªá¾´º¹à´Ê¡ì·Í» ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Properties áÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õèá·çº Settings 3.
àÁ×èͤسãªé Dual View á¹Ð¹ÓãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ LCD à»ç¹ 'Primary' ËÒ¡¨Í·ÕèÊͧ (secondary display) áÊ´§¼Å·Õè 640x480 ¾Ô¡à«Å 256 ÊÕ à»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èÒà»ç¹¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ áÅШӹǹÊÕ·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ºçÍ¡«ì[Display Properties] ¡ÒûԴâËÁ´ Dual View ¤ÅÔ¡·Õèäͤ͹ monitor '2' ¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì 'Extend my Windows desktop onto this monitor' ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ Apply ¡ÒÃÂéÒÂÇÔ¹â´ÇìÃÐËÇèÒ§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Åã¹âËÁ´ Dual View ¤ÅÔ¡·ÕèäµàµÔźÒÃì¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çìã¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅËÅÑ¡ (1, ¨Í LCD) áÅéÇÅÒ¡ä»ÂѧÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å·ÕèÊͧ (2) ÇÔ¹â´Çì ¨Ð¶Ù
¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ (âËÁ´ªÔ»à«çµ Intel (¹. 99)) ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅẺµè;èǧÀÒ¹͡ àªè¹ ¨ÍËÃ×Íâ»ÃਡàµÍÃì ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ÇèÒ¨ÐáÊ´§à©¾ÒШͷÕèµè;èǧ ËÃ×ÍáÊ´§·Ñé§Êͧ¨Í¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹¡çä´é ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöáÊ´§Ë¹éÒ¨Í㹨ÍÊͧ¨ÍµèÍà¹×èͧ¡Ñ¹ à¾×èÍà¾ÔèÁ¾×é¹·Õè㹡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Åä´éÍÕ¡´éÇ ¡ÒÃãªéÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅẺµè;èǧÀÒ¹͡ÁÕ»ÃÐ⪹ìÍÂèÒ§ÂÔè§ã¹¡ÒùÓàʹͼŧҹËÃ×Í¡ÒÃÃѺªÁä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍ ªÔ»à«çµÃØè¹ 910GML äÁèÃͧÃѺàÍÒµì¾Øµ HDTV 1.
¡ÒÃÊÅѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Åâ´Âãªéªç͵¤Ñ· ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöÊÅѺÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Åä´é§èÒÂæ â´Â¡Òá´»ØèÁªç͵¤Ñ· + 㹡óշÕèÁÕÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼ÅÀÒ¹͡ËÅÒª¹Ô´µèÍÍÂÙè ÅӴѺ¢Í§¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¨Ðà»ç¹´Ñ§¹Õé LCD > CRT > TV > LCD+CRT > LCD+TV > LCD àÁ×èÍ¡´»ØèÁ + ¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé»ØèÁªç͵¤Ñ· + ã¹âËÁ´áÊ´§¼ÅàµçÁ˹éҨͷÕè¾ÃÍÁµì¢Í§ DOS ä´é ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ì¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼ÅÍÂèÒ§§èÒÂæ ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèà´Ê¡ì·Í» áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Graphics Options > Output à¾×èÍà»ÅÕè¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Å»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹ÍÂèÒ§§èÒÂæ ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕ蹤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¢Í§Ë¹éÒ¨ÍáÅФسÀÒ¾ÊÕ Ëҡ˹éÒ¨Í
¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃÃкº ¡ÒÃãªéµÑÇàÅ×Í¡¡ÒÃãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Management) ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÁÕµÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Power Management ·ÕèÊÒÁÒöªèÇÂãËéãªé»ÃШØä¿¿éҨҡẵàµÍÃÕèä´é¹Ò¹¢Öé¹ áÅÐà¾ÔèÁÍÒÂØ ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¢Í§áºµàµÍÃÕè µÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Power-management ¨ÐÅ´¤ÇÁàÃçÇ㹡Ò÷ӧҹËÃ×ͻԴ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìµèÒ§æ ¢Í§ ÃкºàÁ×èÍäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ Power management ÍÒ¨·ÓãËé»ÃÐÊÔ·¸ÔÀҾ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ÃкºÅ´Å§ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¨ÐÃѹàÃçÇ·ÕèÊØ´ àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ ÊÒÂä¿à¢éҡѺáËÅ觨èÒÂä¿ «Ö觨ÐäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ power management ã¹Êèǹ¶Ñ´ä» ¨Ð¡ÅèÒǶ֧ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§
3.
ËÒ¡¤Ø³µÔ´µÑé§ Windows ãËÁè: ¤Ø³¤ÇÃãªéâËÁ´ hibernate ÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ã¹µÑÇàÅ×Í¡¾Åѧ§Ò¹ â´Â¡ÒÃà»Ô´ÇÔ¹â´Çì Power Options Properties áÅéǤÅÔ¡ ·Õèá·çº Hibernate ¨Ò¡¹Ñ鹤ÅÔ¡ "Enable Hibernation" á·çº Hibernate ¡ÒÃËÂØ´·Ó§Ò¹ºèÍÂæ: ËÒ¡¤Ø³ÁÕ¡Ò÷ӧҹáÅéÇËÂØ´à»ç¹ÃÐÂÐ ¤Ø³ÍÒ¨àÅ×Í¡ãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¢éÒÊÙèâËÁ´ hibernation Íѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ ËÅѧ¨Ò¡àÇÅÒ¼èÒ¹ä»ÃÐÂÐ˹Ö觵ÒÁµÑÇàÅ×Í¡¢Í§¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹ âËÁ´ Standby (Power Management ËÃ×ÍÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃẺ¡Ó˹´àͧ) Standby ÁÑ¡¨Ðãªéà¾×èÍ¡ÒûÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ã¹¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìâ¹éµºØ¤ê «Ö觨ÐÁÕ»ÃÐ⪹ì㹡ÒáÅѺÁÒ·Ó§Ò
ÃٻẺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ (Advance Power Management Schemes) Êèǹ¹Õé͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺÃٻẺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ ÁÕ»ØèÁÊͧ»ØèÁ·Õè¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªéà¾×èÍ»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¡ÒÃà¢éÒÊÙèÇÔ¹â´Çì power management ãËé·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance 2. ¤ÅÔ¡äͤ͹ à¾×èÍáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì Power Options Properties 3. ¤ÅÔ¡á·çº Advanced à¾×èÍáÊ´§µÑÇàÅ×Í¡ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒþÅѧ§Ò¹áºº«Ñº«é͹ á·çº Advanced »ØèÁ Power & Sleep Programming Windows 4.
¡ÒÃãªéẵàµÍÃÕè â»Ã´´Ù¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓµèÍ仹ÕéàÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃÃѹ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìâ´Âãªé¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºµàµÍÃÕèâ´ÂäÁèä´éµèÍÊÒÂä¿ AC â»Ã´ÍèÒ¹¤Óá¹Ð¹Óà¡ÕèÂǡѺẵàµÍÃÕè¡è͹ãªé§Ò¹ â»Ã´´Ù¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§Ãкº (¹. 152) 㹤ÙèÁ×͹ÕéáÅзӧҹáÅШѴà¡çºáºµàµÍÃÕèäÇé·ÕèÍسËÀÙÁÔËéͧ ¡ÒöʹáÅÐãÊèẵàµÍÃÕè 1. »Ô´à¤Ã×èͧáÅлԴ¨Í LCD 2. ˧ÒÂà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Öé¹â´ÂÇÒ§º¹¼ÔÇàÃÕº 3. ´Ö§ÊÅÑ¡ÂִẵàµÍÃÕè·Ñé§ÊͧÍÍ¡´éÒ¹¹Í¡ ( ) áÅéǹÓẵàµÍÃÕèÍÍ¡ 4.
¡ÒõÃǨÊͺ»ÃШآͧẵàµÍÃÕè ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö´Ù»ÃШآͧẵàµÍÃÕèä´éâ´Â·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé ¡ÒÃãªé»ØèÁªç͵¤Ñ·à¾×èÍàÃÕ¡´Ù ¡´»ØèÁ + ·Õèá»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯áËÅ觨èÒÂ俻Ѩ¨ØºÑ¹áÅлÃШطÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè·ÕèÁØÁº¹«éÒ¢ͧ˹éÒ¨Í ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´ÙẵàµÍÃÕè ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ PUSH ·ÕèẵàµÍÃÕè ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯»ÃШØẵàµÍÃÕè·ÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè (%) »ØèÁ Push ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡´Ù¼èÒ¹ Control Panel àÅ×Í¡á·çº Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Power Option > Power Measure ¤Ø³¨ÐÊÒÁÒöàÃÕ¡´ÙáËÅ觨èÒÂ俻Ѩ¨ØºÑ¹áÅлÃШØẵàµÍÃÕè·ÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè ʶҹТͧà
¤Óàµ×͹à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒÃãªéẵàµÍÃÕè ¤Ø³¨Ðä´éÂÔ¹àÊÕ§àµ×͹àÁ×èÍÁÕ»ÃШØẵàµÍÃÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙèµèÓ¡ÇèÒ 10% µèÍÊÒÂà¤àºÔÅËÃ×ͻԴà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì áÅеԴµÑé§áºµàµÍÃÕèãËÁè·ÕèÁÕ»ÃШØàµçÁ àÁ×èÍ»ÃШØẵàµÍÃÕèàËÅ×ÍÍÂÙè¹éÍ¡ÇèÒ 3% ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¨ÐºÑ¹·Ö¡§Ò¹»Ñ¨¨ØºÑ¹áÅлԴà¤Ã×èÍ§ä» «Öè§ÍҨᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä» µÒÁ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒã¹á·çº Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Power Options > Alarms ¡ÒÃãªé Battery Manager ¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Battery Manager ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕ蹤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD, ¡Ó˹´àÇÅÒ»Ô´¡Ò÷ӧҹ ¢Í§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìµèÒ§æ áÅÐÊÒÁÒöÂ
¡ÒäǺ¤ØÁ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ËÒ¡¤Ø³ºÙµà¤Ã×èͧËÅѧ¨Ò¡à»ÅÕ蹤èÒ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèҧ㹠Custom Mode ¤èÒ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ¨Ð¡ÅѺä»à»ç¹¤èÒ´Õ¿Íŵì ËÒ¡µéͧ¡Òúѹ·Ö¡¤èÒ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§·Õè¡Ó˹´ã¹âËÁ´ Custom Mode ãËé¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹ԡ [Brightness Control Mode] ãËéà»ç¹ 'User Control' ã¹àÁ¹Ù [Boot] ¢Í§ System Setup (´Ù ¹. 6-2.
¡ÒõÃǨÊͺẵàµÍÃÕè á¹Ð¹ÓãËé·Ó¡ÒõÃǨÊͺẵàµÍÃÕèà´×͹ÅФÃÑé§à¾×èÍà¾ÔèÁÍÒÂØ㹡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¢Í§áºµàµÍÃÕè ¡ÒõÃǨÊͺẵàµÍÃÕè ãËé·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õé: ËÁÒÂà˵Øà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¡ÒõÃǨÊͺ: ¤Ø³¤Ç÷ӡÒõÃǨÊͺẵàµÍÃÕè ¢³Ð·ÕèÁÕẵàµÍÃÕèÍÂÙèàµçÁ ä¿ LED áÊ´§Ê¶Ò¹Ð¨Ðà»ç¹ÊÕà¢ÕÂÇ ÁÔàµÍÃìáÊ´§ à¾ÒàÇÍÃì¨ÐäÁèà»ç¹ 100% ¡è͹·Õè¤Ø³¨ÐàÃÔèÁ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒõÃǨÊͺẵàµÍÃÕè ¤ÇÃãËéẵàµÍÃÕèÁÕ»ÃШØàµçÁ ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹ãËé·ÓãËé»ÃШØËÁ´ áÅéÇ·ÓãËé»ÃШØàµçÁÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ 1. ¶Í´ÊÒÂä¿ AC ÍÍ¡ËÅѧ¨Ò¡»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ 2.
¡ÒÃÍÑ»à¡Ã´Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¤Ã×èͧ¹ÕéÁÕ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó 128 àÁ¡Ð亵ì˹Öè§á¶ÇËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ ËÃ×ÍâÁ´ÙÅ 256 àÁ¡Ð亵ì (ËÃ×ÍÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ) â´ÂÁÕ«çͤà¡çµ ÊÓËÃѺâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÊͧ«çͤà¡çµ ´Ñ§¹Ñ鹤س¨Ö§ÊÒÁÒöà»ÅÕè¹˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓËÃ×͵ԴµÑé§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óà¾ÔèÁä´é ¡ÒöʹâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¡è͹·Õè¨Ð¶Í´/à»ÅÕè¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ãËé»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìàÊÕ¡è͹ ËéÒÁà»ÅÕè¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó ¢³Ð·ÕèÃкºÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´ Standby/Hibernate 1. ãªé䢤ǧà»Ô´ªèͧãÊèâÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó´éÒ¹ÅèÒ§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì Ê¡ÃÙ 2.
µÃǨ´ÙãËéá¹èã¨ÇèÒ´éÒ¹ºÒ¡¢Í§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓµÃ§¡Ñº¢Í§«çͤà¡çµ 2. ´Ñ¹âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óŧ¨¹¡ÃзÑ觤ÅÔ¡à¢éÒ·Õè ËÒ¡âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓäÁèà¢éÒ·ÕèʹԷ ¤èÍÂæ ´Ñ¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Óŧ ¢³Ð·Õè¡´á·çº¢Í§âÁ´ÙÅ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓÍÍ¡´éÒ¹¹Í¡ 3.
¡ÒÃãªé¾ÍÃìµÅçͤà¾×èÍÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑ ÍØ»¡Ã?ìÅçͤà¾×èÍÃÑ¡ÉÒ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀѤ×ÍÍØ»¡Ã³ì·Õèãªéà¾×èÍ ‘ÂÖ´’ à¤Ã×èͧàÁ×èÍãªé§Ò¹ã¹·ÕèÊÒ¸ÒóРÍØ»¡Ã³ìÅçͤµéͧ«×éÍà¾ÔèÁµèÒ§ËÒ¡ ÃÙ»ÃèÒ§áÅТ¹Ò´¢Í§¡ÒÃãªéÍҨᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä»µÒÁ¼Ùé¼ÅÔµ â»Ã´´Ù¤ÙèÁ×Í·ÕèãËéÁÒ¾ÃéÍÁ¡ÑºÍØ»¡Ã³ìà¾×èÍ´ÙÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ 1. µèÍÊÒÂà¤àºÔÅÅçͤà¾×èÍÂÖ´à¤Ã×èͧ 2.
à¤Åç´ÅѺ㹡ÒÃãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓµèÍ仹ÕéªèÇ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Ö鹡Ѻ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´é ÍÂèÒ¾ÂÒÂÒÁá¡Ðà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ¡ÒÃá¡Ðà¤Ã×èͧ¨Ð·ÓãËé¡ÒÃÃѺ»ÃСѹÊÔé¹ÊØ´ ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ËÃ×͵ԴµÑé§ÍØ»¡Ã³ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ µéͧ·Óâ´ÂÈÙ¹ÂìºÃÔ¡Ò÷Õèä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃáµè§µÑé§à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ • • • • ·ÓµÒÁ¤Óá¹Ð¹ÓáÅФÓàµ×͹㹤ÙèÁ×Í¡ÒÃãªé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¨Í LCD ÁÕ¼ÔǺͺºÒ§ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒÂä´é§èÒ à¾×èÍ»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡ÒÃàÊÕÂËÒ ãËéËÅÑ¡àÅÕ觡ÒÃÊÑÁ¼ÑÊ˹éÒ¨Í ãªé੾ÒÐÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC , ÍÐá´»àµÍÃìÊÓËÃѺãªéã¹Ã¶, ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓáÅÐÍØ»¡Ã³ìÍ×è¹æ ·Õèä´éÃ
¡ÒÃà´Ô¹·Ò§â´Â¹Óà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»´éÇ ¡ÒÃà´Ô¹·Ò§â´Âà¤Ã×èͧºÔ¹ ËÒ¡¤Ø³à´Ô¹·Ò§â´Âà¤Ã×èͧºÔ¹ ãËé·ÓµÒÁà¤Åç´ÅѺµèÍ仹Õé: • ¹Ó¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìä»´éÇÂâ´ÂãÊèä»ã¹¡ÃÐà»ëÒÊÓËÃѺãÊèâ¹éµºØê¤ ËéÒÁãÊè¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìÃÇÁ¡ÑºàÊ×éͼéÒËÃ×ÍÊÔè§Í×è¹æ • ãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅдÔÊ¡ì¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧàÍç¡«ìàÃÂìä´é ËéÒÁ¶×Í´ÔÊ¡ì¼èÒ¹à¤Ã×èͧµÃǨ¨ÑºâÅËÐ «Öè§ÍÒ¨·ÓãËé¢éÍÁÙÅÊÙ−ËÒÂä´é • àµÃÕÂÁ»Ô´à¤Ã×Íè §¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìÃÐËÇèÒ§·Õèà¤Ã×èͧºÔ¹¢Öé¹áÅÐŧ ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃàÁ×èͧ͢àËÅÇË¡ãÊè ËéÒÁãËé¢Í§àËÅÇã´æ ˡôà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ ÇÔ¸Õ¡Ò÷Õè´Õ·ÕèÊش㹡Òûéͧ¡Ñ¹¢Í§àËÅÇˡô¤×Í¡
¡ÒÃà¡çº¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìäÇéà»ç¹àÇÅÒ¹Ò¹ ËÒ¡¤Ø³¨ÐäÁèä´éãªéà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà»ç¹àÇÅÒ¹Ò¹ (˹Öè§à´×͹ËÃ×͹ҹ¡ÇèÒ¹Ñé¹) ¤Ø³¤ÇûÅèÍÂãËé»ÃШØä¿¿éÒã¹áºµàµÍÃÕèËÁ´ ¡è͹¨Ð¶Í´áºµàµÍÃÕèÍÍ¡¨Ò¡à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì «Ö觨ЪèÇÂÂ×´ÍÒÂØ㹡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹¢Í§áºµàµÍÃÕè ¡ÒèѴ¡ÒÃÃкº 121
¡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ ·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹µèÍ仹Õ騹¡ÃзÑè§à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´éµÒÁ»¡µÔ ËÒ¡·ÓµÒÁ¢Ñ鹵͹·Ñé§ËÁ´áÅéÇ ÂѧäÁèÊÒÁÒöá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒä´é ãËéµÔ´µè͵ÑÇá·¹¨Ó˹èÒ¢ͧ¤Ø³à¾×èÍÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Í ¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФӵͺ â»Ã´´Ù “¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФӵͺ” ·Õè˹éÒ 123 ÊÓËÃѺ¤ÇÒÁªèÇÂàËÅ×Í㹡ÒÃá¡é䢻Ñ−ËÒ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìãËéÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´éµÒÁ»¡µÔ µÃǨÊͺ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͵èÒ§æ µÃǨÊͺÊÒÂà¾ÒàÇÍÃìáÅÐÊÒÂà¤àºÔŢͧÍØ»¡Ã³ìµè;èǧ·Ñé§ËÁ´ÇèÒä´éàÊÕºà¢éÒ«çͤà¡çµá¹è¹´ÕáÅéÇ áÅФسä´éà»Ô´à¾ÒàÇÍÃì«Ñ¾¾ÅÒÂáÅéÇ â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Norton AntiVirus
¤Ó¶ÒÁáÅФӵͺ Êèǹ¹Õé»ÃСͺ´éÇ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ»Ñ−ËÒµèÒ§æ ·ÕèÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´é ÇÔ¸Õá¡éä¢áÅТéÍÁÙÅÍéÒ§ÍÔ§Í×è¹æ ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹à¤Ã×èͧ à¡ÕèÂǡѺ Windows Q1 à¤Ã×èͧäÁè shutdown A àÁ×èÍà¤Ã×èͧäÁè shutdown µÒÁ»¡µÔ ãËé¡´»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì¤éÒ§äÇ騹¡ÃзÑè§à¤Ã×èͧ»Ô´ä» ËÒ¡ÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´âËÁ´ Power-Saving ãËé¡Ñº»ØèÁà¾ÒàÇÍÃì ãËé¡´»ØèÁ¤éÒ§äÇé¹Ò¹¡ÇèÒ 4 ÇÔ¹Ò·Õà¾×èͻԴà¤Ã×èͧ ËÅѧ¨Ò¡à»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧËÅѧ»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧ´éÇÂÇÔ¸Õ¡Òôѧ¡ÅèÒÇ ¨ÐÁÕ¡ÒÃàÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Scandisk à¾×è͵ÃǨÊͺ¡ÒÃà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´ã¹Ãкº Q2 à¤Ã×èͧáΧ¤ìÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ
à¡ÕèÂǡѺ¨ÍáÊ´§¼Å 124 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé Q1 ¨Í LCD ÊÇèÒ§ËÃ×ÍÁ×´à¡Ô¹ä» A »ÃѺ¤ÇÒÁÊÇèÒ§¢Í§¨Í LCD ãªé»ØèÁ +< Q2 Ê¡Ãչ૿àÇÍÃìú¡Ç¹¡ÒÃÃѺªÁä¿ÅìÇÔ´ÕâÍËÃ×Í¡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹â»Ãá¡ÃÁ Media Player A ¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡ Tools > Options > Player > Allow screen saver during playback in the Media Player Q3 ã¹âËÁ´ DOS ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹à»ç¹âËÁ´ DOS ẺàµçÁ¨Í â´Â¡Òá´»ØèÁ + áÊ´§ÀÒ¾äÁèµèÍà¹×èͧÍÂÙè¤ÃÙè˹Öè§ A âËÁ´ DOS ʹѺʹعÍÑ¡¢ÃÐẺ 2 亵ì àªè¹ÀÒÉÒà¡ÒËÅÕáÅÐ−Õè»Øè¹·ÕèÃѹã¹âËÁ´¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡äÁèãªèã¹à·ç¡«ìâËÁ´ 㹡óչÕé ÀÒ¾·Õè¢Ò´
Q7 ä¿Åì DVD ËÃ×Í MPEG àÅè¹ä´é੾ÒÐã¹¨Í LCD (ÃØè¹·ÕèãªéªÔ»à«çµ ATI) A àÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃãªé·Ñé§¨Í LCD áÅÐ CRT ¾ÃéÍÁ¡Ñ¹ ÇÔ´ÕâͨÐàÅè¹·Õè¨Íã´¨Í˹Öè§â´Â¤èÒ´Õ¿Íŵì 1. ¤ÅÔ¡¢ÇÒ·Õèà´Ê¡ì·Í»áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Properties 2. ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì [Display Properties] ãËé¤ÅÔ¡á·çº Settings > Advanced > á·çº ATI Overlay 3.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺâÁà´çÁ Q1 ©Ñ¹äÁèä´éÂÔ¹àÊÕ§âÁà´çÁ A1 µÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÊÒÂâ·ÃÈѾ·ìà¢éҡѺâÁà´çÁÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡µéͧ A2 µÃǨ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃì¢Í§âÁà´çÁÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡µéͧ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > System 2.
- ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§âÁà´çÁ¼èÒ¹·Ò§ Control Panel 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections 2. ãµéËÑÇ¢éÍ See Also ¤ÅÔ¡ Phone and Modem Options 3. ã¹á·çº Modems ãËéàÅ×Í¡âÁà´çÁ·Õèä´éµÔ´µÑé§äÇé áÅéǤÅÔ¡·Õè Properties 4. ã¹á·çº Modem ¢Í§ÇÔ¹â´Çì Modem Properties ãËé¡àÅÔ¡¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡àªç¤ºçÍ¡«ì 'Wait for dial tone before dialing' 5.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺÃкº LAN Q1 <¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ Wake On LAN> A ¤×Ϳѧ¡ìªÑ¹·Õèà»Ô´¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§à¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÍÂÙèã¹âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ àÁ×èÍÁÕÊÑ−−Ò³ (àªè¹ ping ËÃ×Í magic packet) ¨Ò¡à¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ (Ãкº LAN ẺãªéÊÒÂ) ¡ÒÃãªé¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ : 128 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé 1. àÅ×Í¡ My Network Places > View network connections ¨Ò¡à´Ê¡ì·Í» 2. ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ¢ÇҢͧ·Ñªá¾´à˹×Í Local Area Connection áÅéÇàÅ×Í¡ Properties 3.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺ Wireless LAN â»Ã´´Ù·Õè ”¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèͼèÒ¹Ãкº Wireless LAN (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡)” (¹.
Q4 ©Ñ¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöàª×èÍÁµèÍ AP ä´é µÃǨÊͺ¡ÒõÑ駤èҢͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì A1 µÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèҿѧ¡ìªÑ¹ wireless LAN ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ÍÂÙèâ´ÂÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒõèÍ仹Õé ËÒ¡¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ wireless LAN »Ô´ÍÂÙè ãËéà»Ô´ãªé§Ò¹ - ÊÓËÃѺ Windows XP ãËéµÃǨ´ÙÇèÒ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍ wireless network ä´éÃѺ¡ÒáÓ˹´à»ç¹ "Enable" ã¹ Start > Control Panel > Network Connections - ËÒ¡ÁÕ»ØèÁ Wireless LAN On/Off ãËéµÃǨ´ÙÇèÒä´éÁÕ¡ÒÃà»Ô´ãªé wireless LAN áÅéÇ A2 µÃǨÊͺ´ÙÇèÒÁÕ¡Òûé͹ network key (encryption key) à´ÕÂǡѹ·Ñ駷Õè AP áÅÐà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ne
- á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé Long Preamble Preamble ¤×ÍÊÑ−−Ò³ÊÓËÃѺ¡Òëԧâ¤Ã乫ì㹡ÒÃÃѺÊ觢éÍÁÙÅ Preamble ẺÊÑé¹ ÍҨʹѺʹعâ´Â AP ºÒ§»ÃÐàÀ·áµèÍÒ¨·ÓãËéà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒ㹡ÒÃãªé§Ò¹ä´é - á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé static IP - à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃàÅ×᪹͡à¹ÅẺµÒµÑÇàª×èͶ×Íä´éÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ¡ÒÃàÅ×Í¡Íѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ ¨Ö§á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé¡ÒáÓ˹´áª¹à¹ÅµÒµÑÇ Q5 ã¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì 'Available wireless networks' ¢Í§ Windows XP ¤èÒ Wireless Network Connection ¨ÐáÊ´§à»ç¹ 'Not Available' A1 ËÒ¡ÁÕ»ØèÁ Wireless LAN ãËéµÃǨ´ÙÇèÒä´éà»Ô´»ØèÁ Wireless LAN áÅéÇ A2 µÃǨ´ÙÇèÒÁÕâ»Ãá¡ÃÁÍ×è¹æ ÊÓËÃ
TCP/IP ¢Í§äÇÃìàÅÊÍÐá´»àµÍÃì ¡Ó˹´¤èÒä;ÕáÍ´à´ÃÊãËéà»ç¹: 10.0.0.1~10.0.0.254 áÅÐ Subnet mask: 255.255.0.
ÊÓËÃѺ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒõÃǨÊͺÊÔ·¸Ô¡ÒÃãªéà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡Í×è¹æ ãËéÊͺ¶ÒÁ¨Ò¡¼Ùé´ÙáÅ AP (Access Point) Q12 ËÅѧ¨Ò¡ä´éµÔ´µÑé§ PROSet áÅéÇ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯ "AEGIS Protocol (IEEE 802.1x) v2.2.1.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺà¡ÁÊìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ Q1 à¡ÁÊì 3D äÁèÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´é ËÃ×ͺҧ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é A à»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èÒ¡ÃÒ¿Ô¡¢Í§à¡Áà»ç¹ '2D' ËÃ×Í 'Software Renderer' ¨Ò¡¹Ñé¹ãËéÅͧàÃÕ¡ãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ Q2 ©Ñ¹àÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁà¡ÁËÅѧ¨Ò¡µÔ´µÑé§ áµèäÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é A »Ñ−ËÒ¹ÕéÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´éàÁ×èÍà¡Á¹Ñé¹äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªéä´é¡Ñº Windows XP àÃÕ¡à¡ÁãËÁèÍÕ¡¤ÃÑé§ à¡Á¨Ð·Ó§Ò¹ä´éµÒÁ»¡µÔ Q3 à¡ÁÃѹã¹áººË¹éҨ͢¹Ò´àÅç¡ (ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹·ÕèãªéªÔ»à«çµ ATI) A »Ñ−ËÒ¹ÕéÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹ä´éàÁ×ÍÁÕ¡ÒáÓ˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡¢Í§¨ÍãËéãªé reduced mode ('Use Cent
Q6 ¢³ÐàÅè¹à¡Á ¡Òá´»ØèÁ ++ ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ¹Ñé¹æ ¨º¡Ò÷ӧҹËÃ×Í¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¨ÍÍÒ¨äÁè¶Ù¡µéͧä´é ¡´»ØèÁ +¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´éËÃ×ÍÍÒ¨·ÓãËé¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Åº¹¨ÍäÁè¶Ù¡µéͧ > ¡è͹àÃÕ¡ãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁáÅÐËéÒÁ¡´ÍÕ¡¢³Ð¡ÓÅѧãªéâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ Q7 ¤ÇÒÁàÃçÇ㹡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§à¡ÁªéÒä»ËÃ×ÍàÃçÇà¡Ô¹ä» A à»ÅÕ蹡ÒõÑ駤èÒ Power Schemes ãËéà»ç¹ 'Always On' (¤ÅÔ¡ Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance > Power Options >
Å´¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´㹡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å¢Í§à¡ÁËÃ×ÍÅ´¤Ø³ÀÒ¾¡ÒÃáÊ´§¾×é¹¼ÔÇ(texture) (Linage 2, Terminator 3, Delta Force : Black Hawk Down, Medal of Honor, Battlefield 1942 ÏÅÏ) 136 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé Q12 àÁ×èÍÃѹà¡Á 'The Sims Fun Party' ã¹âËÁ´ Dual Display Clone à¡Ô´ÀÒ¾«é͹¢Öé¹àÁ×èÍàÅ×è͹àÁÒÊìä»ÁÒ (ÃØè¹·ÕèãªéªÔ»à«çµ Intel) A à»ÅÕè¹ÍØ»¡Ã³ìáÊ´§¼Åà»ç¹à©¾ÒÐ¨Í LCD â´Â¡Òá´»ØèÁ +
Security Center Q1 ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ»·Õè»ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ÃÐËÇèÒ§¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ ã¹ÊÀÒÇÐáÇ´ÅéÍÁ¡Ò÷ӧҹ¢Í§ Windows XP SP2 ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöàÅ×Í¡ä´éÇèÒ¨ÐáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ» ¢³Ð·Õèàª×èÍÁµèÍÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµËÃ×ÍäÁè à¾×èÍãËé¤ÇÒÁÊдǡʺÒÂáÅÐà¾ÔèÁ¤ÇÒÁ»ÅÍ´ÀÑÂãËé¼Ùéãªé A1 ¡ÒÃáÊ´§ÇÔ¹â´Çì»çÍ»ÍÑ»ÊèǹãË−èàÁ×èÍÁÕ¡ÒÃàª×èÍÁµè͡ѺÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµ: 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Internet Options ã¹àÁ¹Ù Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for 2.
138 ¤ÙèÁ×ͼÙéãªé A1 µÔ´µÑé§ Windows Firewall àÁ×è͵ԴµÑé§ Windows Firewall ¤Ø³¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡Òû¡»éͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹â´ÂäÁèä´éÃѺ͹Ø−Òµ¼èÒ¹·Ò§ÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµËÃ×Íà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡·Õè Windows Firewall ã¹àÁ¹Ù Start > Control Panel > Security Center > Manage security settings for 2. ·Õèá·çº General ¢Í§ Windows Firewall ãËéàÅ×Í¡ ON (recommended) 3.
A5 ËÒ¡ Windows äÁ辺â»Ãá¡ÃÁ»éͧ¡Ñ¹äÇÃÑÊ·ÕèµÔ´µÑé§äÇé ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÍÒ¨¶Ù¡â¨ÁµÕ¨Ò¡äÇÃÑʼèÒ¹·Ò§ÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¹çµä´é ¤Ø³¤ÇõԴµÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁ»éͧ¡Ñ¹äÇÃÑÊ (anti-virus) ·Õèà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé§Ò¹ä´é µÃǨÊͺâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÍ仹Õé«Öè§ Windows ÊÒÁÒöµÃǨ¾ºáÅéÇàÅ×Í¡µÔ´µÑé§â»Ãá¡ÃÁã´â»Ãá¡ÃÁ˹Öè§ ÃÒ¡Òâͧâ»Ãá¡ÃÁ»éͧ¡Ñ¹äÇÃÑÊ·Õè Windows ÃÙé¨Ñ¡: -Symantec Norton Anti-Virus -NetworkAssociates (McAfee) -TrendMicro -ComputerAssociates -Panda -Kaspersky -Ahnlabs (AhnLab) ÃÒ¡ÒùÕéÍÒ¨ÁÕ¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§ä´é áÇЪÁàÇçºä«µì (www.
à¡ÕèÂǡѺ HDTV ªÔ»à«çµ 910GML äÁèÃͧÃѺ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼Å·Ò§ HDTV Q1 ã¹ component TV ¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöáÊ´§ DOS Mode àµçÁ¨Íä´é A ¨Í component TV äÁèÊÒÁÒöãªé˹éÒ¨ÍàµçÁ¨Í¢Í§ DOS Mode ä´éà¹×èͧ¡ÒûÑ−ËÒàÍÒµì¾Øµà¾ÒàÇÍÃì¢Í§¨Í ¡ÃسÒãªé DOS mode ã¹ window àÁ×èÍãªé component TV Q2 ÊÕàºÅÍæ à¡Ô¹ä» A ¢Ö鹡ѺÃØ蹢ͧ TV ËÃ×Í¡ÒõÑ駤èÒÊÕ ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéºÒ§ÊÕà´è¹¡ÇèÒÊÕÍ×è¹æ ãËé»ÃѺ¡ÒÃáÊ´§Êբͧ TV Q3 àÁ×èͩѹ´Ù DVD áÅФÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´ÁÒ¡¡ÇèÒ 540 ˹éÒ¨ÍäÁèÁÕ¡ÒÃáÊ´§¼ÅËÃ×Íà¡Ô´¢éͤÇÒÁá¨é§¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´ A Áҵðҹ DVD ÊÒ¡ÅäÁèʹѺʹع¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´·Õè
2. àÅ×Í¡ÃØè¹·Õè¶Ù¡µéͧ (480i, 480p, 540p, 720p, 1080i, 16:9) áÅéǤÅÔ¡»ØèÁ Apply (¢³Ð¹Õé âËÁ´ä´éà»ÅÕè¹à»ç¹âËÁ´ÊÙ§ÊØ´ ·ÕèÊÒÁÒöãªéä´é¡Ñº TV) 3. ´ÑºàºÔŤÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ à»Ô´/»Ô´ (On/Off) ¢Í§ YPbPr à¾×èÍà»ÅÕè¹ä»ÂѧâËÁ´·Õèä´é¡Ó˹´¤èҤ͹¿Ô¡ 4. ¤ÅÔ¡»ØèÁ Apply (ÊÓËÃѺÃØè¹·ÕèãªéªÔ»à«çµ Intel) A ÍÒ¨à¡Ô´¢Öé¹àÁ×èÍ TV äÁèʹѺʹعâËÁ´ component TV ·Õè¡Ó˹´¤èÒäÇéã¹ä´ÃàÇÍÃìÇÔ´ÕâÍ 1. à»Ô´ Intel Graphics Properties 2.
¡Òä׹ʶҹÐÃкº ¤Óá¹Ð¹Ó¹ÕéÊÓËÃѺà¤Ã×èͧ·ÕèÃѹ Window XP à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ System Restore ªèÇÂãËé¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒö¤×¹¤èÒà´ÔÁãËé¡Ñºà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà¾×èÍãËéÁÕʶҹÐàËÁ×͹¡ÑºÊÀÒÇСè͹˹éÒ (àÃÕ¡ÇèҨشàÃÕ¡¤×¹Ê¶Ò¹Ð ËÃ×Í restore point) áÅФ׹¤èÒ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒµèÒ§æ ä´éàÁ×èÍà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒ¢Öé¹ ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹ System Restore ÁÕã¹ Windows XP à¾×èÍãªéá¡é»Ñ−ËÒµèÒ§æ ä´éâ´ÂäÁèµéͧµÔ´µÑé§ Windows XP ãËÁè·Ñé§ËÁ´ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöãªé¤ÓÊÑè§ System Restore ä´é㹡óյèÍ仹Õé • • • • ÁÕ¡ÒÃźä¿ÅìÃкºËÃ×Íà¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁàÊÕÂËÒÂâ´ÂäÁèµÑé§ã¨ ÃкºäÁèàʶÕÂÃËÃ×Íà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒ
2. àÅ×Í¡ "Create a restore point" áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next à¹×èͧ¨Ò¡¡ÒÃà»ÅÕè¹á»Å§ËÅѧ¨Ò¡ Recovery Point ¨ÐäÁèä´éÃѺ¡Òúѹ·Ö¡äÇé ´Ñ§¹Ñ鹤س¨Ö§¤ÇÃáºç¤ÍÑ»ä¿ÅìµèÒ§æ ·Õè¨Óà»ç¹äÇé·ÕèÍ×蹡è͹¨ÐÊÑè§ system recovery 3. 㹡ÃͺáÊ´§¤Ó͸ԺÒÂà¡ÕèÂǡѺ Restore point ãËé¾ÔÁ¾ìª×èÍà¾×èÍÃÐºØ restore point áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Create ¤Ø³ä´éÊÃéÒ§ restore point áÅéÇ ¡Ò÷ÓãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¡ÅѺä»ãªéʶҹСè͹ restore point ¡Ãкǹ¡ÒÃ㹡Ò÷ÓãËé¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³¡ÅѺä»à»ç¹Ê¶Ò¹Ð¡è͹˹éÒ·Õè¨Ðà¡Ô´»Ñ−ËÒãËé·Ó´Ñ§¹Õé 1.
3. àÅ×Í¡Çѹ·Õè restore ·Õèµéͧ¡ÒèҡÇѹµèÒ§æ ·Õèä´éÊÃéÒ§äÇéáÅéÇàÅ×Í¡¨Ø´ restore point ¨Ò¡ÅÔʵì áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next Çѹ·Õè¢Í§ restore point áÊ´§à»ç¹ÍÑ¡ÉõÑÇË¹Ò 4. Â×¹Âѹ restore point áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next System Restore ¨Ð»Ô´ Windows áÅéÇàÃÔèÁ¡Ãкǹ¡Òä׹¤èÒÃкº 5. ËÅѧ¨Ò¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÃкºàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóì Windows ¨ÐºÙµãËÁè ã¹ä´ÍÐÅçÍ¡ [System Restore completed] ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ OK ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³ä´éÃѺ¡Òä׹¤èÒµÒÁ restore point ·ÕèàÅ×Í¡ ¡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÅèÒÊØ´ ¢Ñ鹵͹㹡ÒáàÅÔ¡¡Òä׹¤èÒÁմѧ¹Õé 1.
¡ÒõԴµÑ駫ͿµìáÇÃìãËÁè ËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´éµÔ´µÑé§Ãкº»¯ÔºÑµÔ¡Òà Windows ãËÁè ËÃ×ÍÃкºËÃ×Íâ»Ãá¡ÃÁäÁèÊÒÁÒö·Ó§Ò¹ä´éÍÂèÒ§¶Ù¡µéͧ ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìËÃ×Íŧâ»Ãá¡ÃÁãËÁèä´é¨Ò¡«Õ´Õ system software à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¹Õéä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÍ͡ẺÁÒãËéãªé¡Ñº Microsoft Windows XP ´Ñ§¹Ñé¹ä´ÃàÇÍÃì·Õèà¡èÒ¡ÇèÒ Ãкº»¯ÔºÑµÔ¡ÒùÕé¨Ö§äÁèä´éÁÕÁÒãËéã¹á¼è¹«Õ´Õ System Software ¡ÒÃÃѹá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system software ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system software ŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁ ¨Ð»ÃÒ¡¯Ë¹éÒ¨Íáá¢Öé¹â´ÂÍѵâ¹ÁÑµÔ • Standard Installation: µÑÇàÅ×Í¡¹Õé¨ÐáÊ´§ÃÒ¡Òâͧä´ÃàÇÍÃìË
¡ÒõԴµÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ 1. ¤ÅÔ¡ Standard Installation ã¹ÇÔ¹â´ÇìËÅÑ¡¢Í§«Õ´Õ System Software (á¹Ð¹ÓãËéãªé¡ÒõԴµÑé§Áҵðҹ) 2. Ãкº¨Ð¶Ù¡Ê᡹à¾×èÍáÊ´§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ ·Õèµéͧ¡Ò÷ӡÒõԴµÑé§ 3. ¤ÅÔ¡ OK ä´ÃàÇÍÃìµèÒ§æ áÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ ¨Ðä´éÃѺ¡ÒõԴµÑé§â´ÂÍѵâ¹ÁѵԵÒÁ¤èÒ´Õ¿Íŵì¨Ò¡âç§Ò¹ 4.
¡ÒõԴµÑé§ Windows XP ãËÁè ËÒ¡ Windows XP ·Ó§Ò¹äÁèà»ç¹»¡µÔà¹×èͧ¨Ò¡à¡Ô´¤ÇÒÁ¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´¢Öé¹ã¹Ãкº ËÃ×ÍËÒ¡¤Ø³ä´éà»ÅÕè¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìãËÁè ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ Windows XP ä´éãËÁèâ´¹ãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ´éÇ¡ÒÃãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ä´é੾ÒÐ Windows XP à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ ËÒ¡µéͧ¡ÒÃãËéà¤Ã×èͧ ÁÕʶҹÐàËÁ×͹¡ÑºµÍ¹·Õè«×éÍÁÒãËÁèæ ãËéµÔ´µÑé§ä´ÃàÇÍÃìáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁµèÒ§æ ´éÇÂ«Õ´Õ system software ËÅѧ¨Ò¡µÔ´µÑé§ Windows XP ´éÇÂ«Õ´Õ system recovery áÅéÇ ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ Window ãËÁèÍҨź¢éÍÁÙŵèÒ§æ ã¹ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì àªè¹ ä¿Åì â»Ãá¡Ã
• Quick Installation: µÑÇàÅ×Í¡¹Õé¨ÐµÔ´µÑé§ Windows ãËÁèâ´Âãªé¢éÍÁÙÅáÅСÒáÓ˹´¤èÒµèÒ§æ µÒÁà´ÔÁ ¢éÍÁÙÅ ¢Í§¼Ùéãªé¤×ÍÊÔ觷Õè»ÃÒ¡¯ÍÂÙèã¹â¿Åà´ÍÃì Windows à´ÔÁÍÒ¨ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃÃÑ¡ÉÒäÇéã¹¢³Ð·Õèâ¿Åà´ÍÃì Windows ÁÕ¡ÒÃà¢Õ¹·Ñº 3.
3. àÁ×èÍ¡ÒõԴµÑé§ÀÒÉÒàÊÃç¨ÊÁºÙóì ãËéàÅ×Í¡á·çº Regional Options ¡é䢤èÒ Standards and formats áÅеÑÇàÅ×Í¡ Location áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè»ØèÁ OK 4.
5. à»ÅÕè¹ Default Input Language à»ç¹ÀÒÉÒ·Õèµéͧ¡ÒÃãªé㹡Òûé͹¢éÍÁÙÅ áÅФÅÔ¡·Õè OK 8. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´ÇìãËéÃкت×èÍáÅÐͧ¤ì¡Ã¢Í§¤Ø³¢Öé¹ ãËé»é͹¢éÍÁÙÅáÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next ã¹ Windows XP Professional edition ¨ÐÁÕÇÔ¹â´ÇìÍ×è¹æ à¾×èÍãËéÃкت×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅÐÃËÑʼèÒ¹ÊÓËÃѺ administrator »ÃÒ¡¯¢Öé¹ »é͹ ª×èͤÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìáÅÐÃËÑʼèÒ¹ administrator áÅéǤÅÔ¡ Next 9. àÁ×èÍ»ÃÒ¡¯ÇÔ¹â´Çì Date and Time Settings ¢Öé¹ ãËé¤ÅÔ¡ Next à¤Ã×èͧ¨Ð·Ó¡ÒõԴµÑ駵èÍä» 10.
ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃѹ Windows ä´é ËÒ¡¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöÃѹ Windows ä´é ¤Ø³µéͧºÙµà¤Ã×èͧâ´ÂãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery áÅéǵԴµÑé§ Windows ãËÁè ËÒ¡¤Ø³ ºÙµà¤Ã×èͧâ´Âãªéá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ¤Ø³ÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ Windows ä´éâ´ÂãªéµÑÇàÅ×Í¡ user installation à·èÒ¹Ñé¹ áµè¨ÐäÁèÊÒÁÒöµÔ´µÑé§ä´éâ´ÂãªéµÑÇàÅ×Í¡ standard installation 1. ãÊèá¼è¹«Õ´Õ system recovery ŧã¹ä´Ã¿ì«Õ´ÕÃÍÁáÅéǺٵà¤Ã×èͧ 2. ËÒ¡»ÃÒ¡¯¢éͤÇÒÁµèÍ仹Õé¢Öé¹·Õè˹éÒ¨Í ãËé¡´»ØèÁã´æ º¹á»é¹¾ÔÁ¾ì Press any key to boot from CD.....
¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкº ¢éÍÁÙÅà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкºÁÕ¡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂäÇéã¹ÊèǹµèÍ仹Õé ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкºÍҨᵡµèÒ§¡Ñ¹ä»µÒÁÃØ蹢ͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃØè¹ X20 (·ÕèÁÕªÔ»à«çµ Intel Graphics) ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ËÁÒÂà赯 CPU Intel Celeron M 1.3~1.5GHz (FSB400) Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.
¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкºÍÒ¨à»ÅÕè¹á»Å§ä´éâ´ÂäÁèµéͧá¨é§ãËé·ÃÒºÅèǧ˹éÒ ÊÓËÃѺÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ãËé´ÙµÒÁᤵÒÅçÍ¡¢Í§¼ÅÔµÀѹ±ì *) ¹Õè¤×ͼÅÔµÀѳ±ì·Õè¡ÓÅѧ¾Ñ²¹ÒáÅШШÓ˹èÒÂã¹Í¹Ò¤µÍѹã¡Åé¹Õé **) ¡ÒÃãªéÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC (60W) ã¹ÃØè¹Í×è¹æ ÍÒ¨·ÓãËéÃкº·Ó§Ò¹¼Ô´¾ÅÒ´ä´é ¡ÃسÒãªé੾ÒÐÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC ·ÕèÃкØäÇéã¹¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧÃкº ÃØè¹ X20 (·ÕèÁÕªÔ»à«çµ ATI Graphics) ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ËÁÒÂà赯 CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.
ÃØè¹ X25 ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ËÁÒÂà赯 CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.13GHz / Dothan (FSB533) µÑÇàÅ×Í¡à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó Cache 2MB (Dothan) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓËÅÑ¡ 256/512/1024 MB DDR2 SDRM, «çͤà¡çµ DDR 2 «çͤà¡çµ ªÔ¾à«çµËÅÑ¡ Intel 915GM (Alviso PM) / 82801FBM (ICH6-M) ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì 2.5", UltraDMA100, S.M.A.R.T 9.
ÃØè¹ X50 ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ËÁÒÂà赯 CPU Intel Pentium M 1.6~2.13GHz / Dothan (FSB533) µÑÇàÅ×Í¡à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó Cache 2MB (Dothan) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓËÅÑ¡ 256/512/1024 MB DDR2 SDRM, «çͤà¡çµ DDR 2 «çͤà¡çµ ªÔ¾à«çµËÅÑ¡ Intel 915GM (Alviso PM) / 82801FBM (ICH6-M) ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ì 2.5", UltraDMA100, S.M.A.R.T 9.
¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ Wireless LAN (µÑÇàÅ×Í¡à¾ÔèÁàµÔÁ) Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2200BG Network Connection ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 59.75 X 44.45 ÁÁ. ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 70°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: µèÓ¡ÇèÒ 85% ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 135 mW Receiving Mode 0.85W Transmission Mode 1.45W à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇŵì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE 802.
Intel(R) PRO/Wireless 2915ABG Network Connection ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 59.75 X 44.45 ÁÁ. ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 70°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: µèÓ¡ÇèÒ 85% ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 135 mW Receiving Mode .85 Çѵµì Transmission Mode 1.45 Çѵµì à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇŵì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
äÇÃìàÅÊÍÐá´»àµÍÃì Airgo Networks True MIMO(tm) ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 59.75 X 44.45 ÁÁ. ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 60°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: µèÓ¡ÇèÒ 85% ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 330 mW Receiving Mode 1.45 Çѵµì Transmission Mode 1.52 Çѵµì à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇŵì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE802.11a, IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
Atheros Wireless Network Adapter Device ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧ¼ÅÔµÀѳ±ì ÃÒ¡Òà ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒТͧà¤Ã×èͧ ÃÒÂÅÐàÍÕ´¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐ ¢¹Ò´ (¡ÇéÒ§ X ÊÙ§) 59.75 X 44.70 ÁÁ. ÍسËÀÙÁÔ¢³Ð·Ó§Ò¹áÅФÇÒÁª×é¹ àËÁ×͹¡Ñº¢³ÐÃкº·Ó§Ò¹ ÍسËÀÙÁÔ: 0°C ~ 70°C ¤ÇÒÁª×é¹: µèÓ¡ÇèÒ 95% ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹ ¢éÍÁÙŨÓà¾ÒÐà¡ÕèÂǡѺà¹çµàÇÔÃì¡ âËÁ´»ÃÐËÂÑ´¾Åѧ§Ò¹ (Power Saving Mode) 70 mW Receiving Mode .825 Çѵµì Transmission Mode 1.25 Çѵµì à¾ÒàÇÍÃì 3.3 âÇŵì ãªéä´é¡Ñº IEEE802.11b, IEEE802.
µÑÇÂè͵èÒ§æ A. . . . . . . . . . . . . .áÍÁá»Ãì AC . . . . . . . . . . . .ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺ ACPI. . . . . . . . . . .Advanced Configuration and Power management Interface APM . . . . . . . . . . .Advanced Power Management ATA . . . . . . . . . . .AT attachment (ÍéÒ§¶Ö§ÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¿«¢Í§ÎÒÃì´´ÔÊ¡ìã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìẺ AT-compatible) ATAPI . . . . . . . . .AT attachment packet interface BBS . . . . . . . . . . .Bulletin board system BIOS. . . . . . . . . . .Basic input/output system C. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KB . . . . . . . . . . . .¡ÔâÅ亵ì kg . . . . . . . . . . . . .¡ÔâÅ¡ÃÑÁ LAN . . . . . . . . . . .Local-area network lb. . . . . . . . . . . . . .»Í¹´ì LBA . . . . . . . . . . .Logical block addressing LCD . . . . . . . . . . .Liquid-crystal display m . . . . . . . . . . . . .àÁµÃ mA . . . . . . . . . . . .ÁÔÅÅÔáÍÁá»Ãì mAhr . . . . . . . . . .Milliampere hour MB . . . . . . . . . . . .àÁ¡Ð亵ì mm . . . . . . . . . . . .ÁÔÅÅÔàÁµÃ MPEG. . . . . . . . . .Motion Picture Experts Group MPU . . . . . . . . . . .
»·Ò¹Ø¡ÃÁ ÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC ÍÐá´»àµÍÃì AC (ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺ) ·Õè¤Çº¤ØÁ¡ÃÐáÊ俨ҡàµéÒàÊÕº·Õ輹ѧÁÒÂѧà¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¡ÃÐáÊä¿ ·ÕèàµéÒàÊÕº¼¹Ñ§¤×Íä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáÊÊÅѺáÅеéͧá»Å§¡ÅѺÁÒà»ç¹ DC (ä¿¿éÒ¡ÃÐáʵç) ¡è͹¨Ð¹Óä»ãªéã¹ à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ACPI ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface)- ÇÔ¸Õ¡ÒÃ㹡ÒÃ͸ԺÒÂÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¿«¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃìã¹áºº¤ÃèÒÇæ à¾×èÍãËéàË繤ÇÒÁÂ×´ËÂØè¹áÅСÒÃÁÕ ¹Çѵ¡ÃÃÃÁãËÁè¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃìáÅÐàËç¹ä´éªÑ´ã¹¡ÒÃÂèÍâ¤é´ OS à¾×èÍãªé¡ÑºÍÔ¹àµÍÃìà¿« ¢Í§ÎÒÃì´áÇÃì BIOS BIOS ÂèÍÁÒ¨Ò¡ basic input/output system The B
˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS (complementary metal oxide semiconductor) ä´éÃѺ¾Åѧ§Ò¹¨Ò¡áºµàµÍÃÕè¢Í§ CMOS ¡ÒõÑ駤èÒ System Setup áÅоÒÃÒÁÔàµÍÃìÍ×è¹æ ä´éÃѺ¡ÒÃà¡çºäÇéã¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS áÁéàÁ×èͤس»Ô´¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¢éÍÁÙÅ㹠˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó CMOS ¨Ð¶Ù¡ºÑ¹·Ö¡äÇé ¾ÍÃìµ COM COM ÂèÍÁÒ¨Ò¡ communication COM ¾ÍÃìµ ¤×;ÍÃìµÍ¹Ø¡ÃÁã¹à¤Ã×èͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì ¤ÍÁá¾ç¤´ÔÊ¡ì ¤ÍÁá¾ç¤´ÔÊ¡ì (CD) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó Conventional ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó 640 ¡ÔâÅ亵ìáá ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨ÓáÅÐâ»Ãá¡ÃÁá;¾ÅÔपѹÊÒÁÒöà¢éÒãªé§Ò¹Ë¹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¹Õéä´éâ´ÂµÃ§ â´ÂäÁèµéͧãªé«Í¿µì
IRQ (interrupt request line) IRQ ¤×ÍÊÒÂÎÒÃì´áÇÃì·ÕèÍØ»¡Ã³ìÊÒÁÒöãªéà¾×èÍÊè§ÊÑ−−Ò³äÁâ¤Ãâ»Ãà«Êà«ÍÃìàÁ×èÍÁÕÍØ»¡Ã³ìµéͧ¡ÒÃãªéà«ÍÃìÇÔʢͧ äÁâ¤Ãâ»Ãà«Êà«ÍÃì ËÁÒÂàÅ¢ IRQs ÁÕ¤èÒ¨Ó¡Ñ´â´ÂÁҵðҹÍصÊÒË¡ÃÃÁ LCD (liquid-crystal display) ¨Í LCD ¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃì¢Í§¤Ø³µèҧ仨ҡ¨Í¢Í§¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìà´Ê¡ì·Í» ¨Íà´Ê¡ì·Í»ÊèǹãË−è¨Ðãªé¨Í CRT (cathoderay tube) «Ö觷ӧҹâ´Â¡ÒÃÂÔ§ÅÓáʧÍÔàÅ硵Ã͹¼èÒ¹¨Ø´µèÒ§æ ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¢Í§¨Í ¨Ø´ÊÕ´éÒ¹ËÅѧ¨ÐÊÇèÒ§¢Öé¹áÅÐáÊ´§ÀÒ¾ LCD ãªéâ«Å٪ѹ liquid-crystal ÃÐËÇèÒ§ÊͧªÕ·¢Í§ÇÑÊ´ØàÃ×ͧáʧ ¡ÃÐáÊä¿¿éÒ·ÕèÊ觼èÒ¹¼ÅÖ¡à
800 ¾Ô¡à«Åã¹á¹ÇµÑé§áÅÐ 600 á¶Çã¹á¹Ç¹Í¹ ÂÔ觨ӹǹ¾Ô¡à«ÅÁÕÁÒ¡¢Öé¹à·èÒäËÃè ¤ÇÒÁÅÐàÍÕ´¡ç¨ÐÁÒ¡¢Öé¹ áÅÐáÊ´§¼Åä´é´Õ¢Öé¹´éÇ ROM (read-only memory) ˹èǤÇÒÁ¨Ó¶ÒÇâͧ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìãªéÊÓËÃѺ¿Ñ§¡ìªÑ¹à©¾ÒÐÍÂèÒ§ µÑÇÍÂèÒ§àªè¹ ¤ÓÊÑè§ÊÓËÃѺ¡ÒÃàÃÔèÁãªéà¤Ã×èͧ ¤ÍÁ¾ÔÇàµÍÃìàÁ×èͤسà»Ô´à¤Ã×èͧà»ç¹¤ÃÑé§áá¨ÐÍÂÙèã¹ ROM ¤Ø³äÁèÊÒÁÒöà¢Õ¹¢éÍÁÙÅŧ㹠ROM ä´é (ROM ᵡµèÒ§ ¨Ò¡ RAM) ૤àµÍÃì ËÃ×Í·ÕèàÃÕ¡ÇèÒ ´Ô¡Êì૤àµÍÃì Êèǹ¢Í§á·Ã礤×ͨӹǹ·ÕèÁÕ¡ÒÃÃкØËÁÒÂàÅ¢ä´é áÅÐÊÒÁÒöºÑ¹·Ö¡ÍÑ¡¢ÃÐä´é (»¡µÔ¤×Í 512 ¡ÔâÅ亵ì) Shadow RAM ¾×é¹·Õè»éͧ¡Ñ¹¡Ò